Anda di halaman 1dari 377

Page 1

NSCP-W62
Navigation
&
Audio book
CRA4803-A <1>
Introduction
Basic operation
Basic navigation operation
Search
Root
Registration and editing operation
Use of various types of information
Setting of navigation
Audio Basics
It wants to receive a broadcast
Use music disk
Use the SD card
Use the Bluetooth Audio
Use the AUX
Setting Audio
Use the camera function
Other operations
Appendix
Page 2

Two
CRA4803-A <2>
Precaution
(Please be sure to observe in order to Safety)
In order to prevent damage to you or harm or property to other people, and explain
that you get sure to observe
It is doing.
Ignore the display contents , the degree of danger and damage to exert upon the
wrong use pieces divided in the next display
It is, are described.
Caveat
It is a "content a person is assumed could result in death or serious injury."
Note
The occurrence of only the contents and property damage slightly injured possibility
is assumed "human assumption

The contents "to be.


the type of failure to observe the precautions are classified in the following picture
display, are described.
Note (including a warning) The contents that must be.
The contents of the Force where I am be sure.
The contents of the prohibited (doing it should not be).
MN-001-002
Connection and mounting
Caveat
Ban
This machine is DC12V grounded vehicles only
Please do not use in 24V vehicles. Fire and late
It becomes the cause of the disabled.
In place to interfere with the operation of the air bag
Is not an absolute to the mounting wiring
If you are installing the air bag equipped car, the vehicle
We will continue to check the notes on the work of the manufacturer
Please. Air bag malfunctions, of fatal accident
It may cause.
Place to prevent the forward visibility and driving operation
Place, in a location that is hazardous to passenger
I am not attached to the absolute
It becomes the cause of traffic accidents and injuries.
Turn off the coating of the power cord, other
Do not take the power of equipment
If the current capacity of the power cord is over, fire
Disaster or electric shock, it may cause malfunction.
The mounting safety parts (stearic
Ring, brake, volume of the tank, etc.)
Belt and nut are not used to the absolute
If you use these, braking inability or fire, traffic
The cause of the accident.
Caveat
Ban
The antenna, in order to meet safety standards Na
You can paste the stomach place, with re-paste
Paste in the only and general-purpose of double-sided tape
Not or
Peeling poor visibility and the antenna is, the cause of the accident
It becomes.
Forcing

Mounting and wiring, change the mounting location, cheap


To ask your dealer for all
The mounting and wiring and removal, expertise and experience
Is required. incorrect installation and wiring, remove
If you have teeth, if you cause a serious hindrance to the car
I have. In addition, the mounting and by yourself
Wiring can cause injury.
Work before I remove the terminal of the battery
The short of and route, electric shock or injury
It may cause.
Before work, pipes, tanks, electrical
It will confirm the position of such wiring
If you are installing to a hole in the vehicle body, pipe
Do not interfere, contact with and Louis tank electrical wiring
Please note strangely. In addition, the processing of the service
Please perform the treatment of bi-stop and flood prevention.
Page 3

Three
Introduction
CRA4803-A <3>
Caveat
Forcing
Be sure to use the supplied parts, surely
Fix
If you use other than the supplied parts, equipment internal parts
And damage the goods to the outside can not be securely fastened
It is to become a hindrance of operation, and cause of the accident or injury
Will.
You want to connect and installed in accordance with instructions
When you make a connection, attached to not follow the instructions,
It may cause a fire or failure.
The coating is not part of the code tape
Insulation, etc.
By short-circuiting, fire or electric shock, and the cause of failure
Will.
Body and threaded portion, a seat rail
Do not sandwiched between the code which the moving parts
The wiring will Iyo
By disconnection or short circuit, fire or electric shock, of failure
It may cause.

If cords and interfere with driving operation


Fixed so as not
Steering and selector lever, brake pedal
When wrapped around such as Le, it becomes the cause of the accident.
After installing the wiring is complete, power
Make I see goods to work restored successfully
Be sure
When used in a state that does not work properly, and Ya fire
Electric shock, it will cause a traffic accident.
Small parts such as screws, of infants
Store out of the reach of hand
If swallowed, immediately phase to doctor
Please be Dan.
Note
Ban
Hot air of direct sunlight or heater directly
it is not attached to the location where you hit
The internal temperature will rise, and cause a fire or failure
There is a thing.
Preparative unstable the antenna and monitor
It is not attached to a time
It may cause such as dropping.
Do not block the vents and heat dissipation plate
Internal heat build up to, and cause a fire or failure
There is a thing.
Cords are not cut in the middle of absolutely
And if the cords that with fuses
Some reason, no longer work protection circuit, fire
It may cause.
Note
Ban
Wiring of the cords, the body of the high-temperature portion
It is not brought into contact with the
It may cause a fire or electric shock.
Products shipped with power leads, back
It is not directly connected to Terry
It may cause a fire or electric shock.
Current is insufficient, the power directly from the battery
If you take, you will use a dedicated wiring kit
Please.
It is not a branch wiring

Cable is heated, it is a fire and electrical shock hazard


There is Rukoto.
place and water and condensation that rain blows, dust
Ri, in the place where such as soot is mixed
It is not installed
Smoke or fire, it may cause a malfunction.
Forcing
So that code does not touch the metal parts
Wire
A damaged power cord is in contact with metal parts, fire
Or electric shock, it may cause a malfunction.
Antenna and camera before and after the car width and car
It is mounted in a location that does not protrude from the
In contact with, such as a pedestrian, and the cause of the unexpected accident
It may become.
Write pull the antenna code or the like in the car
No case, be aware of the infiltration of rainwater
If rainwater is entering the car, the cause of fire or electric shock
It may become.
How to use
Caveat
Ban
Driver not operate while driving
It might cause a traffic accident becomes a front carelessness
Vinegar. Is operation after stop in safe place
Please be.
The driver does not watch the image while driving
It may cause a traffic accident becomes a front carelessness.
It is a retreat operation and screen to increase the speed
Do not retreat operation of while watching the only
Video back camera uses a wide-angle lens
It has. Since the actual distance and the feeling is different,
There is a possibility that the hit to the people and things. In addition,
Not be retracted while confirms safe visual
Please be. People who have become blind spot of the camera
There is a possibility that the hit on and things, an unexpected accident original
It becomes the cause.
Page 4

Four
CRA4803-A <4>

Caveat
Ban
Hand or fingers in the media insertion slot, the foreign matter
Not put
Injury or electric shock, it may cause a fire or failure.
It is not wetted with liquid
It may cause smoke or fire or electric shock. In particular
Please note that in families with children.
Screen is not displayed, no sound, voice
Abnormal and failures, such as it is broken, distorted
Do not use the state
unexpected accident, fire, or may cause electric shock.
NO contact
If thunder is heard, antenna code
Do not touch the soil and the machine
There is a risk of electric shock from lightning.
Disassemble
Do not disassemble or modify
Traffic accidents and fire, it may cause electric shock.
Forcing
Run in accordance with the actual traffic regulations
Only to route guidance by the navigation
Therefore, when traveling, it is contrary to the actual traffic regulations
There is a case, it will cause a traffic accident.
When the driver watch TV and video
Huang, parking blanking be sure to stop
Bet the rake
TV and video, while driving for safety display
It will not be.
When replacing the fuse, be sure
Provision capacity fuses (amps)
To use
If you use a fuse that exceeds regulated capacity, fire
It becomes the cause of the disaster and failure.
Note
Ban
This machine is not used except for automotive
Smoke or fire, it may cause electric shock or injury
There.
Do not touch the heat radiating portion of the amplifier
It may cause burns.

Forcing
Degree volume, the outside of the sound can be heard
It used to in
When driving in a state in which the outside of the sound is not heard, exchange
It may cause accidents through.
Note
Injury of finger
Note
The hand at the time of monitoring of the storage and angle adjustment
It will be careful not to pinch your finger or
It may cause injury.
Abnormal time of inquiry
Caveat
Forcing
In the unlikely event abnormality occurs, immediately
Discontinue use, Sir always reseller
Consult the screw consultation
Continuing to use the unexpected accident or fire-sensitive
It becomes the cause of the power.
Page 5

Five
Introduction
CRA4803-A <5>
Introduction
Safety Precautions ................................. 2
Book How to read .................................. 11
How to book conventions ......................... 11
Please read .............................. 12
Attention to customers ............................. 12
......................... 12 for operation of the machine
Of 3D hybrid sensor
For automatic learning ......................... 12
In order to prevent the battery up of the car ... 12
If you remove the battery terminal
About reconfigured ............................. 12
About SD Memory Card ............. 13
For LCD screen ............................. 13
For map data ......................... 13
For customers of the registered data ... 13
Copyright ................................................ . 14

For security functions .............. 14


Other ................................................. 14
QUICK SETUP ............................ 15
Perform QUICK SETUP .................... 15
............ 15 to start the QUICK SETUP
Preparation .............. 19 for watching TV
Basic operation
Part Names and Functions .................. 20
Navigation body
(State closed the screen monitor) ....... 20
Navigation body
(State opened the screen monitor) ....... 20
Steering switch
(Vehicles only) .................................. 21
You are here screen touch key .................. 21
Basic Operations .......................................... 22
To operate the touch panel .................. 22
Operating in button ............................. 23
Screen switching how ......................... 23
...... 24 to adjust the angle of the screen monitor
To adjust the image quality ................................. 25
Operation of the list screen ............................. 25
Disk out of ......................... 26
And out of the SD card ....................... 28
Character input operation .............................. 30
.......... 30 to switch the method of character input
Flow of character input operation ...................... 30
To switch the type of character .................. 30
Enter the character ................................. 31
No conversion, conversion is carried out ........................... 33
To end the character input ......................... 33
Symbol can be kana-to-kanji conversion .................. 34
Table of contents
Page 6

Six
Table of contents
CRA4803-A <6>
Basic navigation operation
Navigation of the basic operation ........... 35
Operation of the navigation menu ......................... 35

Operation of the shortcut menu ...... 38


Map screen of the operation .............................. 39
To display the current position screen ...................... 39
To move the map (scroll) .............. 40
To change the scale of the map .................. 41
To change the display method of map .................. 41
To change the orientation of the map ......................... 42
The passage display 100m scale while
The ON / OFF to ................................ 43
The ON enlarged display of character / OFF to ..... 44
Register the scale ......................... 44
To the display settings of the logo mark ............ 44
Show coordinate ................................. 46
About side map ...................... 46
Safety Information ...... 48
About e start guide ................... 48
About screen that is displayed while driving .... 49
For highway mode .............. 50
To return to the home ...................................... 54
To register the home ................................. 54
To route search to your home .................. 54
Search
Location Find ...................................... 55
Search by map ......................................... 55
Search by name ......................................... 55
Search by Address ......................................... 56
Search by genre ................................. 57
Find surrounding facilities ................................. 57
Search by telephone number ................................. 59
Find from the registration areas ................................. 59
Find from the search history ............................. 60
Search by map code ...................... 60
Find an easy destination search .............. 61
View detailed information .............................. 62
Root
.......................... 63 to explore the root
Route guidance start screen How to read .......... 64
...... 65 to confirm the root profile
............................. 65 to choose the other route
Show route map ...................... 66
...................... 66 for a detailed route setting

For route search function .................. 69


Root induction and Information .......................... 70
You are here screen during route guidance .............. 70
The induction by voice-guidance ...................... 73
Operation during route guidance and function ........... 76
When you deviate from the route
Automatically re-explore the route ...... 76
The new route according to the situation
The proposed ......................................... 76
And to guide the traffic jam information on the route ... 77
Route information of operation ... 77
.......................... 78 to edit the route
Check the root profile ...... 78
And to re-explore the route by changing the conditions ... 78
To clear the route ............................. 79
......................... 79 to postpone a stop-off place
It is confirmed by demonstration run ......................... 79
.......................... 80 to clear the route
Page 7

Seven
Table of contents
Introduction
CRA4803-A <7>
Registration and editing operation
To register the location .............................. 81
To register the location ................................. 81
.......................... 83 to edit the registered location
.......... 83 to edit the contents registered in the registration area
To erase the registered location ............................. 84
............................. 85 to migrate the registered location
To edit other data ........... 87
To clear the search history ......................... 87
To erase the learning contents of the root .......... 87
......................... 88 to erase the traveling locus
Use of various types of information
............ 89 to use the FM-VICS information
The VICS information ................................... 89
View VICS information on the map ............... 90
And to guide the traffic jam information on the route ... 91
View characters and graphics information of VICS ........ 92

..................................... 93 to select a broadcast station


To use the ETC information ..................... 94
................. 94 to display the ETC usage history
................. 94 to display the ETC registration information
To perform the ETC setting ................................ 95
....... 96 for use of the vehicle maintenance
Set the time to replace, such as consumables ... 96
................................. 97 Advanced Settings
Notice confirmation screen ............................. 97
Use of other information ...................... 98
.......... 98 to check the serial number
Sensors to see the learning situation .................. 98
......................... 99 to check the connection status
........ 100 to confirm the data version
Setting of navigation
........................... 101 for the function settings
Settings of detail .............................. 102
............... 106 for the Bluetooth setting
Bluetooth equipment Precautions ... 106
To perform the Bluetooth settings .............. 106
The volume of the navigation
Set to ................................... 111
.............................. 111 to the volume settings
To a guide / Phone Speaker setting ... 111
Set the vehicle information ................... 113
Toll classification setting of ............... 113
Setting of parking restriction (model) .................. 113
Setting of parking restriction (vehicle size) .......... 114
................... 115 for other settings
........... 115 to correct the deviation of the vehicle position
........... 115 to switch the road while driving
Setting the Security ............... 116
Show slide frame ................... 119
To return the set to the initial state ................... 119
Page 8

Eight
Table of contents
CRA4803-A <8>
Audio Basics
Audio Basic Operations ............... 121

Show AV source screen ............. 121


To switch the AV source ................ 121
............... 122 for the AV source to OFF
..... 122 to adjust the volume of the audio
Video screen clock display setting ................... 123
The reception of the emergency warning broadcasting (EWS)
and about to .......................................... 123
And renewable media on this unit
File Type .......................... 123
It wants to receive a broadcast
Listen to the radio ............................... 124
Receiving a radio broadcast ............... 124
The frequency scale display screen
to switch .................................. 124
............... 125 to choose the type of preset
...................... 125 to switch the band
............... 125 to register the broadcast stations manually
Broadcast stations automatic registration .......................... 126
To listen to the traffic information ........................... 127
To receive traffic information ...................... 127
View one-segment broadcasting ................... 128
To receive one-segment broadcasting ............... 128
And switches the presets ... 129
............... 130 to register the broadcast stations manually
To switch the service ................... 130
.......................... 130 to display the program guide
To display the program contents ...................... 131
Registered in the automatic radio stations
(Channel scan) ................ 131
.......................... 131 to switch subtitles
.......................... 131 to switch the voice
........... 132 for the function setting of one-segment
Use music disk
Listening to music CD ............................ 133
Playback .......................................... 133
Play by selecting from a list ........... 134
Repeat Play .................................. 134
Random play .................................. 134
CD-R / RW the (WMA / MP3)
Listen .......................................... 135
Playback .......................................... 135

Play by selecting from a list ........... 136


Repeat Play .................................. 136
Random play .................................. 136
Use the SD card
How to SD of operation ..................... 137
Playback .......................................... 137
Play by selecting from a list ........... 138
Repeat Play .................................. 138
Random play .................................. 139
Use the Bluetooth Audio
Of Bluetooth Audio
How to operate ........................... 140
Registration of Bluetooth Audio equipment ...... 140
Playback .......................................... 140
Play by selecting from a list ........... 142
Repeat Play .................................. 142
Random play .................................. 142
Of Bluetooth Audio equipment
For connections .............................. 143
Page 9

Nine
Table of contents
Introduction
CRA4803-A <9>
Use the AUX
Using the AUX ................................. 144
To listen to the voice of external equipment ................... 144
Setting Audio
........... 145 for a set of audio
Fader / balance setting ............ 145
Loudness setting .............................. 146
Equalizer settings .......................... 146
Source level adjuster setting ... 147
Mute setting .......................................... 148
Use the camera function
Using the back guide monitor .... 149
The back guide monitor
Note point of about .......................... 149
Notes on camera ................... 149
Select the guide way how ................... 150

To the back guide monitor screen


Switching ...................................... 151
For range reflected in the screen ............... 151
Parallel parking
(Course display mode) ....................... 152
Parallel parking
(Parking guide line display mode) ........ 155
To parallel parking
(Column guide mode) .................... 157
To parallel parking
(Parking guide line display mode) ........ 166
Error between the actual road surface and screen ........... 168
Notes when the three-dimensional object is near ... 169
Setting the column guide of volume ............... 170
Display of the beginning of the tips ...................... 171
Display of the parking guide line ...................... 171
It is displayed during system initialization
When it comes .................................. 172
Battery of desorption, or
When it was replaced put this unit ........... 172
Using the back monitor ............... 173
Back monitor of the video ................... 174
Error between the actual road surface and screen ........... 176
Other operations
Using a mobile phone ........................... 178
............... 178 to the hands-free phone call
Received phone how .............................. 178
Phone Kake-kata .............................. 179
Operation of a call in the menu ................... 181
Edit the mobile phone information ............... 182
........... 185 to use the Eco-Manager
For eco-driving evaluation ................... 185
Eco prize and ................... 186
.............................. 186 to the fuel consumption set
Use personalization features ... 187
Show personalized screen ... 187
...................... 188 Setting the User
Using the user switching menu ... 191
Using the smartphone cooperation function ... 193
Using the NaviCon app ................. 193
Using the smart nAVVi Link app ... 194

Of the touch panel


........... 196 to adjust the touch position
Page 10

Ten
Table of contents
CRA4803-A <10>
Appendix
Handling Precautions ................... 197
Correct use of the LCD screen how ........... 197
Correct use of a disk-type ........... 197
Correct use of SD card-type ......... 198
Notices radio ...................... 199
For disk ....................... 200
Type of disc that can be played ........... 200
The configuration of the disk ............... 200
WMA / MP3 / AAC /
About WAV files ............ 201
Folders and WMA / MP3 / AAC /
About WAV files .............. 201
The WMA? .................................... 201
And MP3? .................................... 202
The AAC? ..................................... 203
And WAV? .................................... 203
Navigation mechanisms ........... 204
How You are here can be seen ................... 204
Mechanism for increasing the positioning accuracy ... 204
For error is .................................. 205
Failure kana? If you think ............... 207
Common items .......................................... 207
Navigation .............................. 207
Audio ...................................... 208
ETC ................................................. 212
For reset ......................... 213
About body reset ................... 213
About sensor reset ........... 213
VICS information pay broadcasting
Service Agreement ................... 214
Other information ............................... 216
In Search
For database ................ 216

Note about the root matters ............... 216


Notes on VICS information matters ......... 218
City map (detailed city map)
Recording area .................................. 218
From the Hanshin Expressway Co., Ltd.
Contact .......................................... 219
For recording database ........... 219
For after-sales service ........ 221
Specifications ............................................. 222
Such as trademark and copyright ....................... 223
Index .............................................. 225
Menu index .................................. 225
Concordance .......................................... 227
Symbol marks list ....................... 235
Page 11

Eleven
Introduction
CRA4803-A <11>
How to book conventions
Signage
Meaning
Instruction mark
Operation or the like will be noted in the context of performing, in order to maintain
the performance of the product
It describes the fact that I would like you to observe.
Memo
The operation on It should be noted and with that hint, describes such convenient
ways you can use.
Go back
It represents the touch key.
Example: Touch to return
slide
It represents the slide operation. For example, it will be referred to as " slide" the
slide operation to the left.
It represents a button that is attached to the navigation body.
Example: press the (menu)
italic
I would like you to see text and title page or will lead to other instructions,.
Example:
"find the location."

(P55)
Long press /
I long touch
It indicates to press the (touch) it until you hear a "beep".
Press continue /
Continue to touch
Press and are only between (being touched) it indicates that it is operating.
Memo
In this manual, SD memory card, are collectively referred to SDHC memory card is
being referred to as "SD card".
Illustrations and screen examples you use in this book, it may be different from the
actual product.
Screen of the actual product, due to the performance and functional improvement, it
may be subject to change without notice.
Proper nouns, such as product names that are mentioned in this document are
trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.

This book of how to view


Page 12

Twelve
CRA4803-A <12>
Please read
Attention to customers
Of emergency facilities (hospital, fire station, police station, etc.)
For search and route guidance, and in each facility
Please check directly.
This unit, the parking brake ON / OFF
By detecting, by watching the video of the TV while driving
It is so could not have been.
It issues a navigation operations and disk
When you put in, stop the car in a safe place
Is allowed to, the car of the select lever N (New
Tral) or to the P (parking) position, Per
It goes carried out from over the parking brake
Sai.
The Kappuhoru when the monitor part of the unit is open
Containers such as juice and placed in Zehnder interference

you might want to.


Intelligent key is attached
In the car, the intelligent key to the machine
Or it may no longer work as close
Since you, please be careful.
If this unit was replaced put on another car, if
Clause is installed in your car in a location other than the Toyota dealer
If you gave Ri, sure, such as setting dealer always
Please do the certification.

For operation of the machine


This machine, the touch panel and the body of the button Hoyo
In fine steering switch (vehicles only)
To manipulate.
Of 3D hybrid sensor
Automatic learning
This unit, each overlapping the traveling, 3D hive
Automatic learning of the lid sensor advances, positioning
We are increasing accuracy.
The explosion of the battery rise of car
To Gutame
When it comes to you use this machine, be sure of the car en
Please over gin. It is multiplied by the engine
When you use the machine when it is not, battery
Lee is exhausted.
Memo
For environmental protection, it parked more than necessary idly
Ing should be avoided.

Place to remove the battery terminal


For re-setting of the case
If you remove the battery terminal in the maintenance, such as,
If the setting of each function has returned to the factory state
Because there is, please set again.
Other features that your own has been set have any
Once Mashi goods, again set with reference to each page

Please refer to the constant.


Page 13

13
Introduction
CRA4803-A <13>
About SD memory card
In the text, SD memory card and
The SDHC memory card, convenience, "SD
It is referred to as card ".
This machine, SD card and SDHC card
It supports (up to 32 GB).
It also ensures the operation of all of the SD card
There is no than.
During access to the SD card, SD card
Please do not remove the. In addition, car keys
Please do not change the switch position.
There is a possibility that the data may be damaged. The
If it is damaged in the act, such as, compensation
You ca n't.
SD card has a limited service life. Normally used
and such as iodide also have successfully writing and erasing
There are times when it is no longer the operation.
SD we are recognized by you have a personal computer
If the card is, it is not recognized in rare cases this unit
I have. In this case, the SD card not
Depending on the condition, dedicated to format
And certified by formatting tool
You may want to identify. In addition, personal computer
SD When you format a standard feature of
To become a non-compliant format, Day
Can other write or read, it is
Kotogaa that problems such as not occur
Since Ri you, in a dedicated format software
It recommended that you perform the format operation
Are we.
However, if you format, SD
Data recorded on the card are all lost
You. During the format, be sure SD Car
You can create a backup of Dodeta
Please go.

SD card format software


Is, of SD Association following Home
It will be available than the page.
https://www.sdcard.org/jp/

Not of the SD card in the format work


To be construed as a guarantee by us the condition repair
No. Furthermore, the present work, the SD card
Loss of data, as well as, other damage occurs
If you have, and not bear responsibility as our
It does. And format software manual
Well made and to read, to the end, your
Format work in the original judgment and responsibility
Please run.
About the LCD screen
LCD screen, the angle that looks on the structure clean
It has been limited. When it is new
, As screen look great, to see the corner
And be sure to adjust the black density in accordance with the time
There. In addition, you can change the brightness of the LCD screen
You bet you can. And will be adjusted according to taste
Please.
( P25)
For map data
You need to insert the map disc in the player
No. The map data, the machine built-in memory
It is recorded in.
Customers of the registered data
About
In the repair of the machine, the customer has registered
Warranty of data, pardon Kedah
Sai.
Registered various functions to the navigation
The contents of such settings, accident or malfunction, repair Resona
Place to be altered or lost by other handling of
There is a case. Important contents taken us a copy

Rikudasai. Should content has changed or lost


With regard to damages and lost profits in the case
We can not bear responsibility therefore absolutely, Oh
Luo advance, please understand.

Please read
Page 14

14
CRA4803-A <14>
Copyright
Recording data and programs to the machine
Copyright, copyright for our company and our
It was attributable to the third party that was granted the rights under
Cage you. Customers, any form smell
Even if all of these data and programs
Replicate or part, modified, and vinegar, such as analysis
You can not.
The security features
This machine, security machines by password
It has a built-in function (theft deterrence function). Out
Load at the time of the security function is operating or
To do. Setting security functions as necessary
Please be constant.
"to the security settings
That "(P116)
Other
For the purpose of performance improvement of product, in this unit
To record the operation history information (such as positioning result)
It has the ability to. Contact the operation history information
Personal information of the customers are not included. In addition,
Base and the Company of this information our specification
It can be analyzed only in the specified subcontractors
We have become a mechanism, and have your consent
It will be used only if the only digits.
, Match this unit to your particular purpose
It does not guarantee that you.
The appearance and specifications of the machine, the pre for improvement
You may want to change WARNING without. The

Modification of the product before the change in the case, or


The other I do respond to request your replacement
You.
The fact of the camera screen, the performance and functional improvement
Therefore, it may be subject to change without notice.
Screen example, the actual screen you are using in this book
And there are times when it is different.

Please read
Page 15

Fifteen
Introduction
CRA4803-A <15>
QUICK SETUP
The basic configuration of the machine, it can be done easily in accordance with the
instructions on the screen.
After your purchase, you have not done and security settings when you begin using
the machine for the first time
If, automatically QUICK SETUP will start. The settings, change later
You can also further.
Do QUICK SETUP
Items and order that can be set in the QUICK SETUP
It is as follows.
Security Settings
Security of the navigation system
You can set the utility.

Volume settings
Navigation of the guide volume, earpiece volume, ringtone
You can set the amount and operation sound.

Home setting
I can home of registration and change.

ETC mounting state setting


It has installed a vehicle ETC equipment in the car

You can set up or not or.

Bluetooth Settings
You can register a Bluetooth device to this unit
You.

Vehicle information setting


Car toll classification and parking restrictions,
Length, width, you can set the height.

Fuel consumption set


Fuel consumption set of general roads and highways
You can. The fuel the set a number based on
Fee calculation is, to perform route search
Was when, less most fuel consumption Lou
To display the door as eco route
Rukoto I can.

Personalization settings
User icon, user name, Anne
The internal volume, operation sound, and map display
You can be set on a per-user basis.
Started QUICK SETUP
Make
One
To start QUICKSETUP to
Touch
Memo
If you want to set a later time, and set at the next startup
to Please Touch. Also next startup
QUICK SETUP will start. In addition, the unit
If you from other startup you want to make the setting, (mesh
New) - Setting and editing - QUICK SETUP from
The settings can also be.
Not set When you touch, QUICK SETUP
The is not carried out, to display the map screen. However, the back
If you have not done Kyuriti setting, Set
Not you can not touch to.
During QUICK SETUP setting, to the next I want to touch on
To the next setting, Previous settings before you touch an
You can move to.

Exit When you touch, the setting of up to that point


Save and QUICK SETUP Exit screen
( P18)
It will move to.
Setting items other than the ETC mounting state setting, it
It is to be set individually from the Settings menu
Can you.

Page 16

Sixteen
CRA4803-A <16>
Security Settings
Two
Security function Touch to,
Setting the Security of
Memo
The security settings to the setting of the password
Is required.
"Setting the Security"
(P116)

Three
Next I want to touch on
Volume settings
Four
+ or - , ON or OFF
Touch and to set in
Adjust the volume of the "guidance volume" navigation voice guidance
To you.
"Beep"
And set the ON / OFF of the operation sound of the machine
You constant.
"Earpiece volume" hands-free calls when the reception sound of
We will adjust the amount.
We will adjust the incoming volume of "Ring volume" phone.
Five

Next I want to touch on


Setting of home
Six
Home registration you will touch on
Memo
If you already have at home you are already registered, registration change is
It will be displayed. Step Touch
Seven
To go to,
It can be overridden by changing the home location
You.

Seven
Looking for a location ( P55), decision
It will touch on
Eight
Next I want to touch on
Setting of ETC mounted state
Nine
Touch to choose the state
Memo
When set to "is attached to the car", feature set
Constant
( P101)
"Smart IC consideration route search" of
It will automatically turn ON. In addition, of either
Even when the set function setting
( P101)
Of
"ETC lane guide display" will be changed to ON.
During route guidance, you will not be able to set.

Ten
Next I want to touch on
QUICK SETUP
Page 17

17
Introduction
CRA4803-A <17>

Bluetooth settings
Eleven
Device registration it will touch on
Twelve
Touch the device name to be connected
Memo
If the equipment to be connected is not in the list, the other party equipment
Registering from Bluetooth devices by touching the
Please register Ri. For more information
"Bluetooth machine
To register the vessel "( P107)
Please visit.
For more information about Bluetooth settings,
"Make the Bluetooth settings" ( P106)
It is Goranku
Please.

13
Next I want to touch on
Setting of the vehicle information
14
Set the contents by selecting each item
Memo
Set parking limit (car make vehicle dimension), parking
It is reflected in the guidance of the car park and toll road fees.
And during route guidance, in the case of the highway mode,
You can not set the "toll segment".

Fifteen
Next I want to touch on
Setting of fuel consumption
Sixteen
Set the contents by selecting each item
Memo
Fuel consumption of the guideline has entered the factory. Input
Fuel consumption to force customers I confirmed in such dealer
Please enter the fuel consumption had left.

17

Next I want to touch on


QUICK SETUP
Page 18

Eighteen
CRA4803-A <18>
Setting of personalized
User currently in use
( P188)
Dedicated
You will do the setting.
Eighteen
Set the contents by selecting each item
Memo
For detailed settings of the personalization settings
Te is,
"To the user settings" ( P188)
The visit
Give me.

19
Next I want to touch on
Exit the QUICK SETUP
Twenty
End it will touch on
Previous
One it will return to the previous screen.
Introduction Back QUICK SETUP start screen
( P15)
It will return to.
QUICK SETUP
Page 19

19
Introduction
CRA4803-A <19>
Prepare for watching TV
After purchasing the machine, when the first time to visit the TV (one-segment
broadcasting), it can be received
Work (channel scan) to be registered on the machine looking for a channel is required.
Until the channel scan is complete, you will not be able to visit the TV.

Memo
Detailed information on how to television,
"I see one-segment broadcasting"
( P128)
Please visit.
Channel scan, please do in a place that is easy to receive radio waves of
television. (Underground parking, etc.
You may not receive radio waves. )
Or when you remove the car battery, the settings initialization
( P119)
Channel scan even when you are required.

One
Bet the car engine
Two
When the map screen is displayed
I press the (audio)

AV source screen is displayed.


Three
TV I want to touch on
Four
Touch the screen

Simple operation screen appears.


Five
More touch the

Basic operation screen appears.


Six
Scan it long to touch

If the channel scan is completed, the hand


Levi screen appears.
Page 20

Twenty
CRA4803-A <20>

Names and functions of each part


Navigation body (the closed state of the screen monitor)
Menu button
( P25, 35)
It will display the navigation menu.
Long press and image quality adjustment screen
( P25)
It is displayed.
Security indicator
Security function is operating
If that is be blinking
I can.
( P118)
You are here button
( P23, 24, 39)
In the case of the navigation screen (showing the other location),
It will display the current location.
If during the current location display, and change the registration scale
You further. In the case of AV source screen, You are here
I switched on the screen.
In either case, the screen, temporary and long press
Basis you can turn off the screen.
Audio button
( P23,121)
In the case of the navigation screen, AV
It is switched to the source screen
You.
Press and hold, the AV source
It can be in the OFF
Vinegar. AV source is OFF
Press and hold the AV source
Before the AV source to the OFF
It will return to the nest screen.
Open button
( P24, 27 ~ 29)
Out of disk and SD card,
Adjust the angle of the screen monitor
It will display the operation screen of the eye.
I / I button
Track and file of down / up and rewind
/ Fast-forward and do the audio operations such as.

Volume adjustment button


( P122)
Volume adjustment of audio
It will do.
AUX input terminal
( P144)
Portable players
Which external device to connect to
Vinegar. 3.5 mm stereo
Insert the mini plug.
Hands-free microphone
Navigation body (state that opened the screen monitor)
Disk insertion port
( P27)
Insert the CD and CD-R / RW
To you.
SD card slot
( P28)
Insert the SD card.
Page 21

Twenty one
CRA4803-A <21>
Basic operation
Steering switch (vehicles only)
MODE switch
Radio and CD, it will switch the AV source, such as a TV. Long press and AV source
It makes the nest OFF.
/ switch
Audio, such as track and file of down / up and rewind / fast forward
Oh it does.
- / + Switch
We will adjust the volume of the audio.
Touch key of the current location screen
User icon touch key
User eye set in the personalization settings
It will display the configuration.
When you touch, in the use of the personalization features
Can you. For personalization features, and details
Clause
"Using the personalization features" ( P187)

Please visit.
Congestion touch key
( P77, 91)
If we are to get the congestion information route
If you are in guidance, and display congestion information
To you. If it is not in the route guidance
Is, it will show the regulatory information.
View touch key
( P41)
Guests can choose how to display and orientation of the map, one-way mer
You can set the display and non-display of a phrase or logo.
The character of the expansion and map scale, which is displayed on the map
It can also be done, such as registration.
Wide area / detail touch key
( P41)
And roughly the display range of the map
You can expand (regional) in Na display,
Reduction in the precision displayed (details) to
I or you can.
Info window touch key
And location information (city) each time you touch
AV information (such as AV source names and playing in the title name)
It will switch the.
Easy destination search touch key
When you touch, the grain a search item
Table the destination menu that crowded Ri
It is shown. For more information
"Kan was
Professionals named Search by destination Search "( P61)
Please visit.
Memo
Display item of the location information of the information window (city name,
traveling road name, latitude and longitude), set in advance
You can in advance.
"function to the setting"
(P101)
When the information window is the case of "city name", "traveling road name", map
scale display is equal to or greater than 100 m
It will be displayed until the city name. Displaying detailed city map of 10 m ~ 50 m,
city name, address name, Ding

It appears to the eye. There is also a place where it does not appear depending on the
location.

Names and functions of each part


Page 22

Twenty two
CRA4803-A <22>
Basic operation
We'll explain the basic operation of the machine.
Operated by touch panel
Mark and items are displayed on the screen (operation
Direct contact with a finger on the touch key) and (Touch
That) it will be able to operate by.
Example:
End
The final and menu that are currently open
The completion was to return to the original screen.
Go back
Such as menus that are currently open
It will return the screen to the previous screen.
Slide operation
And slide your finger while touching the screen up, down, left, or right
Navigation by simply wells and audio
You can operate some functions of the organization.
One
It will touch on the slide reaction area
Example: CD
Slide reaction area slide frame
Memo
Slide frame is displayed a predetermined time on the screen, slide
It will show the id reaction area.
Slide frame of the icon (
) Is a finger
It indicates the direction in which it is possible to ride.
Slide eye of reaction area and the slide frame
Con depends on the displayed screen.

If slide reaction in the area, where the screen


If you touch you can do the slide operation.
Slide frame is to be turned ON / OFF display
Can you.
"view the slide frame"
(P119)

Operation guide will be displayed.


Operation Guide
Two
While touching the screen, run
The slide your finger to the direction in Thailand function
And release by de

The selected function is displayed in an enlarged size, and function operation


To you.
Slide operation capable screen and each operation content
Please refer to the following page.
Page 23

Twenty three
Basic operation
CRA4803-A <23>
Basic operation
Slide operation list
Operation screen
Behavior
Navigation
Route Information
slide: display cancellation of route information
slide: Display of the next guide land
Intersection guide map
slide: display cancellation of the intersection guide map
slide: Display of the next guide land
Roadblock consideration auto re-route
slide: Check Roadblock
Audio
Transportation information

Slide: 1 620 kHz reception


slide: 1 629 kHz reception
Slides: unmute
slide: mute
Radio / TV
Slides: channel down
slide: channel up
Slides: unmute
slide: mute
DISC (CD, CD-R, CD-RW) /
Bluetooth Audio
Slides: track or file down
slide: track or file up
Slides: unmute
slide: mute
SD
Slides: file down
slide: File up
Slides: unmute
slide: mute
AUX
Slides: unmute
slide: mute
Cellular phone
Phone during an incoming call
Slides: hang up the phone
slide: answer the phone
Operated by button
Use the button on the unit, the switching of the screen,
Display of the menu screen, I audio of operation
Etc. It is possible to carry out.
Switching of the screen how
Navigation screen and the AV source
Switched the scan screen
Navigation screen (map screen) and the AV source
One-A screen (audio / video screen)
It can be switched in touch.
One
In the navigation screen (O
Press the audio)

Page 24

Twenty four
Basic operation
CRA4803-A <24>

AV source screen is displayed.


Two
In AV source screen (Hometown)
Push

Navigation screen appears.


Memo
Even in a state of displaying an AV source screen and less
There are cases where the information is interrupt display.
Automatic display of -VICS emergency information
( P91)
- Intersection guidance display
( P71)
Interrupt display of the AV source screen (intersection guidance
Display only), you can be ON / OFF.
"function to the setting"
(P101)

Temporarily turn off the screen


(Navi standby)
At night, if the screen is bright, such as temporarily
You can turn off the screen.
One
Long press (Hometown)

Screen will disappear temporarily.


Memo
When you touch the screen during navigation standby, original
It will return to the screen. Also, pressing (Hometown)
To display the current position screen by releasing navigation standby
To you. When you press the (audio) Nabisutan
Release the by to display the AV source screen.
In Navi standby, voice draft of navigation
Inside also will not be output. Sound of audio out

It will be a force.
Back guide monitor
( P149)
During use,
It will release the temporary navigation standby mode.
At the time you have finished using the camera function, automatically
It will return to the navigation standby mode.
Also Navi standby by the ON / OFF of the ACC
Not released.

And adjust the angle of the screen monitor


Make
Come and adjust to a comfortable viewing angle the screen monitor
It can be .
One
Press the (open)
Two
+ or - you want to touch on
+
Screen monitor opens one by one stage.
Screen monitor will close one by one stage.
Memo
Angle memory of this machine was adjusted screen monitor
Is, power supply OFF / ON (engine switch OFF /
The ON) and it will be automatically adjusted angle even.
If you want a different angle, and it will adjust again
Sai.

Page 25

Twenty five
Basic operation
CRA4803-A <25>
Basic operation
Manually or tool adjustment of the angle of the screen monitor
Please do not forcibly performed using. Screen monitor

May fail with a strong force is applied to ter


You.
When you adjust the angle of the screen monitor, things
Please be careful not to pinch. Caught mono
In the time we had, remove the it caught thing
Please adjust from.

Adjust the image quality


Brightness and view angles of the surrounding, to match the picture
"Black of depth", "Contrast", "Brightness", "color
Temperature "," depth of color ", adjust the" tint "
Thing I can.
Memo
And automatically set the day and night in conjunction with the car lights
It will switch to.
Set of "black of depth", "Contrast", "brightness"
Constant can be set separately in the day and night.
Setting the "brightness" other than "color temperature" window
You can be set separately for each type.
"Color temperature", aging ne of LED backlight
In any reason, you have displayed on the monitor of this unit
If an error occurs in the color of the actual video and video
It will adjust to such.
Also the video during the display of the back guide monitor, and the following
It is possible to adjust image quality by performing the operation
You. The adjustment of the back guide picture, the ambient
Please go while safely full consideration of.
You can not operate while driving.

One
In the display screen of the image to be adjusted,
(Menu) press for more than 2 seconds
Two
Touch the left and right of the touch key
Adjust

Depth of black
(white)
Become thin
(black)
Thicken
Contrast (light and dark)
Low
The difference between the black-and-white is small
High
The difference between the black-and-white is large
Brightness
Dark
Darken
Ming
Lighten
Color temperature
(red)
Warm color system becomes stronger
(blue)
Cool system becomes stronger
Color strength
Pale
Become thin
Concentrated
Thicken
Tint
(red)
Redden
(green)
Become green
Memo
Depth of color, one-segment broadcasting or back guide
It adjusts only if you are viewing the monitor image
Rukoto I can. Shades, back guide mode
only when Nita you are viewing a video, to adjust
Thing I can.

Three
Back to Touch
Operation of the list screen
Common operations on the list screen that is displayed during operation

We will describe.
Operation Basic List
Page 26

26
Basic operation
CRA4803-A <26>
The feed page
It will move one screen at a time.

It will touch on
(And continue to touch,
It will move continuously. )
The feed tab
And Sen in the tabbed list
The switch to a list of do's tab
Ri I will instead.
Tab (example: root
Guidance it will touch on)
50 operation of sound tab
Line feed
The line feed the child a list
You bet you can.
(Example: Oh or Is the was I)
Tab ( Oh ~ I standing)
Chisuru
It sends sound
The sound list Feed child
You bet you can.
(Example: Oh have sales e e)
(Eg tab Oh is repeated in)
Touch returns
50 sound at the time of the side map display
Operation of the tab
Feed Na was revealed
To put the list on the next page
Rukoto I can.

It will touch on

(Example: It was revealed


Yara Hama )
Memo
To return to the list on the previous page, Touch the
You.
For side map,
Attached to the "side map
Te "
( P46)
Please reference to.

Operation of the check list


In the checklist, touch the item
And (check mark) is displayed, select
It indicates that it is a . Again section
When you touch the eye
It disappears, selected release
It is.
Operation of the indicator with a list
The indicator with a list, select an item
List the right side of the indicator lights and
is, it indicates that it is selected. Another
To select the time item and indicator is off
It is, will be deselected.
Out of disk
And using a manual or tool the opening and closing of the screen monitor
Please do not attempt to place Te. Screen monitor
You may want to failure and strong force is applied to.
When the opening and closing of the screen monitor, and pinch your stuff
Please be careful not. It was caught mono
When it was waiting, remove the stuck ones
Please open and close.
Wearing the adapter 8 cm disk absolute
Please do not use to.

Page 27

27

Basic operation
CRA4803-A <27>
Basic operation
Injury of finger
Note
When you open and close the screen monitors, fingers
Etc. and attention so as not to pinch Do
There. Please note especially for children.
It may cause injury.
Disk Inserting
One
Press the (open)
Two
Disk insertion touch the

Screen monitor opens.


Three
Insert a disk
Disk insertion port
I to the label side

Automatically when you insert the disc partway


and retracted, the screen monitor is closed.
Disk of the pickup type
One
Press the (open)
Two
Disk eject touch the

Screen monitor is opened, the disk is automatic


It will manner pushed out.
Memo
another one in a state in which the disc has been pushed up to the middle
When you press the degree eject button, the disk is automatically
and retracted, the screen monitor is closed.

Three
Remove the disc, (O
Press the Pung)

Screen monitor it will close.

Page 28

28
Basic operation
CRA4803-A <28>
And out of the SD card
The Day of the SD card when you are using with this unit
Even if others lost, and compensation of the lost data Nitsu
Please pardon be had.
And using a manual or tool the opening and closing of the screen monitor
Please do not attempt to place Te. Screen monitor
You may want to failure and strong force is applied to.
When the opening and closing of the screen monitor, and pinch your stuff
Please be careful not. It was caught mono
When it was waiting, remove the stuck ones
Please open and close.

When forced to carry out the loading and unloading of the SD card, and Ya this unit
There is a possibility that the SD card may be damaged. PLEASE NOTE
Give me.
In SD card slot, even the non-SD card
Please do not insert the. Gold, such as coins
If you insert a genus products, failure internal circuit is damaged
Of the cause.
For safety reasons, while driving out of the SD card
Please do not.

Injury of finger
Note
When you open and close the screen monitors, fingers
Etc. and attention so as not to pinch Do
There. Please note especially for children.
It may cause injury.
Of SD card Inserting
One
Press the (open)
Two

SD card insertion touch the

Screen monitor opens.


Three
SD "clicks" and until the sound is
Plug the card
The label side
Plugging in
SD card slot
SD card
Four
I press the

Screen monitor it will close.


Lee in a state in which the SD card is not fully inserted
Close the screen monitor and press the button object
Rukoto can not. In addition, the SD card when the
Message and sound proposal to encourage the correct insertion of the soil
It will be inside. Do be sure to insert the SD card
Please press the Luo eject button.

Removal of the SD card-type


One
Press the (open)
Two
SD card removal and touch
Make

Screen monitor opens.


Page 29

29
Basic operation
CRA4803-A <29>
Basic operation
Three
SD "clicks" and until the sound is
And release by pushing the card

SD card will be pushed out.


Four

Straight pull out the SD card,


Press the (open)

Screen monitor it will close.


Picture in a state that does not completely remove the SD card
Please do not close the surface monitor. The card
It may be damaged. In addition, SD Car
Soil Press the center slowly, straight-preparative
Please put out Ri.
SD card taken out, put in a special case
By Runado, please keep. Also, a false
So that there is no such child swallow Te,
Please be considerate to storage location.

Page 30

Thirty
CRA4803-A <30>
Conversion cut the method of character input
Obtain
Character input of this unit, two methods (keyboard
Child is carried out by selecting from a de system mobile phone system)
You bet you can.
One
Or
It will touch on
Each time you touch, the conversion to cut as follows
Wari you.
Keyboard system

Mobile telephone system


Flow of character input operation
Flow of general character of the input operation, the following
It will be the cormorant.
To switch the type of character Enter the characters
To non-conversion, do the conversion character input
I want to end the
Switch the type of character
One

It will touch on the type of character

Type of character is switched.


Memo
To the Chinese character conversion input, Kana and then touch.
To the katakana input, once hiragana input
After switching, Cana and then touch.

Character input operation


"ATOK", Ltd
Registration of JUSTSYSTEM
It is a trademark.
When you register such as the location of the name and phone number, enter the
letters and numbers. Here,
Is displayed during menu operation, it describes how to input operation of letters and
numbers.
Memo
Letters, numbers, Katakana, Hiragana, Kanji, symbols can be entered.
Depending on the item, you may be the type of characters that can be used is
limited. For example, in the case of a name search, the ratio
Lagana are not available other than the input.
This unit, the character input conversion system, JustSystems Corporation "ATOK

"I am using.

Page 31

31
CRA4803-A <31>
Basic operation
Enter a character
Basic operation
If you want to enter on the keyboard method
One
Touch to the character you want to input
If you want to enter the mobile phone system
One
Or the character you want to input is displayed

In, you want to touch the key


Input Example 1: Japan
Na Touch twice to "to"
It is to touch two five times "to the ho"
Wa Touch three times "Japan"
Input Example 2: Ota
Oh to Touch 5 times "Contact"
> Touch to "Contact _"
Oh to Touch 5 times "many"
Other Touch once "Ota"
Switch the full-width-half-width
Katakana, in the case letters, numbers, symbols em You can switch the single-byte.
One
Em or half-width touch the

It will switch to full-width or half-width.


Voiced, half-voiced, the upper / lower case
Change
In the case of hiragana and katakana, and chose a character
You can add a voiced sound and semi-voiced sound by, lowercase
It can be switched on.
One
lowercase I touch the

Each time you touch, the cursor left and character


But it will change as follows.
Lowercase voiced half voiced original character
Return to the
Example 1: Tsu Tsu ~Tsu Uz Tsu
Example 2: Ha Ha bus pa C
Uppercase / lowercase
Switch the character
During alphabetic input, upper / lower case
You can switch between.
One
Large / lower case I want to touch on

Each time you touch, uppercase and lowercase letters off


Ri I will instead.
Character input operation

Page 32

32
CRA4803-A <32>
Move the cursor position
One
The top right of the screen < - > it will touch on

Move the position of the cursor only touched minute


You can be.
Memo
If in the character input, the cursor is displayed in the same color
And it can be moved within that have been character range
You.
If the input screen in the search, the < - > The cursor in
It is not possible to move the le.
If in kanji conversion, and a range of characters to be converted
It can be changed

You want to delete a character


One
The car on the right side of you want to delete a character
Move the Sol, remove standing in
Chisuru

Each time you touch, the statement to the left of the cursor
Character is deleted one character at a time. Cursor
If that someone is on the left end, removed the right of the character
It is. Only the necessary amount by deleting the character,
It will repeat the input.
Memo
Delete When you long touch, all of the characters once
You can be removed.

Free up space
One
Of the character we want a space
Move the cursor to the right,
Space I want to touch on


space is inserted only touched minute.
Insert a character
One
To the right of where you want to insert a character
Move the cursor

It is inserted text at the cursor


You can.
Memo
Cursor, range of characters that are displayed in the same color
You can move in .

Character input operation


Page 33

33
CRA4803-A <33>
Basic operation
Do non-conversion, the conversion
You can directly enter the Hiragana, Hiragana
I will convert such as kanji and katakana. Conversion
Conversion, which is displayed according to the characters entered
Be selected from the candidate (predictive conversion function)
You can.
Make a non-conversion input
One
Enter the characters in hiragana,
No conversion I want to touch on

It is entered in hiragana.
Make the conversion input
One
Enter the characters in hiragana

conversion candidates is displayed in response to the input characters


Will.
Two
Conversion Touch to, confirm or
All confirmed I will touch on
Memo

Next candidate When you touch, the candidate list appears


You. input when you touch on the converted character you want
Can you.
or

When you touch, the character to be converted


You can change the range.

It is entered in the converted character.


It wants to end the character input
One
Input end it will touch on
Character input operation
Page 34

34
CRA4803-A <34>
Symbols can be kana
Academic symbol
Reading
Symbol
Equal
=
Congruence

Dainari
>
Will award
<
Vatu

Inequality sign
<>

Plus / +
+
Minus / grind
Plus or minus


Mugen / Mugendai
Because

Therefore

Play

Waru

Greek character
Reading
Symbol
Alpha / alpha

Iota

Epsilon

Upsilon

Ohm / omega

Omicron

Buy / key

Cucumber

Gamma / gamma
/ xi

Theta

Zita

Heavy rain

Delta

New

Pi / copy

/ fee

Psi / Pushi

Beta

Low

Parentheses
Reading
Symbol
Parentheses
'' "" () []
[] {} <> ""
"" "" []
Symbol mark
Reading
Symbol
Black spot

Black circle

Win

White circle

Participation

Viewing angle

Zukei

Circle

Beetle, Epilachna round

Diamond

Star

Male

Female

Postal

Unit
Reading
Symbol
Yen

Angstrom
Celsius

Capital relocation

Unit
'"
$
%
Etc.

Nikki at
$
Percent
%
View Per

Tack
"
Poop
'
Lb

Point
Reading
Symbol
Voiced sound mark

,, ...
Handakuten

Circle
..
Arrow
Reading
Symbol
Arrow

Other
Reading
Symbol
Asterisk /
Asterisk
*
Attomaku
@
Ampersand
&
Note

From / to
~
Rice / Star

Sharp

Lane

/\
Section

Dagger

Daburudaga

Aimlessly

Character input operation


Page 35

35
Basic navigation operation
CRA4803-A <35>
The basic operation of the navigation
Operation of the navigation menu
To use the various functions of this machine, the beginning
To me to display the navigation menu.
One
In the navigation screen
And press (menu)

Navi menu appears.


Information
Of congestion information and the unit system
Such as information, the operation of the various types of information
To display the menu to perform
You.
Destination
For finding a destination and location
It will display the menu.
Setting and editing
Set of navigation functions
Constant, audio settings, telephone and
Such as the setting of communication, various settings The Table menu about editing
It shows you.
Cellular phone
For using a mobile phone function
It will display the menu.

Bluetooth device is not registered


If you encourage the registration message
Message appears. Yes to
Touch, and carried out the registration operation
Please be.
( P106)
Eco-Manager Eco prize and eco-driving Review
Check value of history, fuel consumption set
Etc., the menu on eco
It is displayed.
Route editing
Such as route editing and erasure
View menu to perform turf
Vinegar.
( P78)
Root erase
To clear the route in guidance (medium
Stop) the.
( P80)
Information Menu
Congestion information
The check and information acquisition congestion information
Do you.
( P92)
Data version
Display
Map data that has been recorded in this unit
The version of the search data
You can check.
( P100)
Maintenance
Car of consumables (engine oil
And the time to replace the tire, etc.)
Message display to inform
Setting of I can.
( P96)
System information and serial number of the machine Hoyo
Fine sensor learning of the situation and the machine
Make the information of devices connected to the
You can sure.
( P98, 99)

ETC
The dealer installed option on the machine
Down the navigation interlocking ETC system
It is displayed when you connect,
It is possible to confirm the ETC usage history
You.
( P94)
Page 36

36
The basic operation of the navigation
CRA4803-A <36>
Destination menu
Name
Search by entering the name of the destination
You.
( P55)
Street address
Search by entering the destination address
You.
( P56)
Genre
Ken specify the genre of destination
You search.
( P57)
Surrounding facilities
Specify the genre of the vehicle surrounding facilities
It is then retrieved.
( P57)
Phone number
Ken enter the phone number of the destination
You search.
( P59)
Registered location
The destination is selected from the registered point
Nde it finds.
( P59)
Search history
Destination from the point where it was searched in the past
And choose to search.
( P60)

Home
It will search for a route to the home.
( P54)
Home of the tow if home is not registered
We will do the recording.
( P54)
Map code Enter the map code of destination
It finds Te.
( P60)
Setting and editing menu
QUICK
SETUP
Following the instructions on the screen, the unit of a group
We will make this setting.
( P15)
Navigation set and edited by the navigation function
We will do the collection.
Audio
The setting and editing of audio function
Do you.
Telephone and communications
Setting and editing of telephone and communication functions
It will do.
Navigation
Navigation data
Edit
Day, such as registration areas and traveling locus
We will do other editing or erasing.
(
P83, 87)
Navigation function set to line set of navigation functions
There you.
( P101)
Volume settings
The Ya guidance volume of navigation
The adjustment of the operation sound, hands-free
We will adjust the volume when.
(
P111)
System Settings Make the settings for the system.
(

P111, 116, 119, 170, 171)


Vehicle information setting make the setting of the vehicle information.
The settings are, parking and toll
It is reflected in such fee guidance of the road
Will.
( P113)
Vehicle position correction is set if the vehicle position is shifted
To you.
( P115)
Page 37

37
The basic operation of the navigation
Basic navigation operation
CRA4803-A <37>
Audio
Audio
Setting
You can set the audio function
You.
( P145)
TV set
Setting of one-segment broadcasting reception function
It will do.
( P132)
Video screen clock
Display
You want to display the clock on the video screen on the
You set or not.
(
P123)
Telephone and communications
Bluetooth
Setting
This unit and Bluetooth device
Set in the case of Bluetooth connection
To you.
( P106)
Volume settings
The Ya guidance volume of navigation
The adjustment of the operation sound, hands-free

We will adjust the volume when.


(
P111)
Mobile phone data
Edit
Reading and application of the memory dial
Such as the elimination of credit history, mobile phone information
And edit and erase Hou.
(
P182)
Mobile phone menu
Dialing or a phone call by entering the phone number
You only.
( P180)
Memory dial power by calling the memory dial
We will put the story.
( P180)
Call History
Arrival and departure it will display the trust of history.
(
P180)
Redial
I will make a phone call in the redial.
( P181)
Bluetooth
Setting
This unit and Bluetooth device
Set in the case of Bluetooth connection
To you.
( P106)
Edit and erase
Reading and application of the memory dial
Such as the elimination of credit history, mobile phone information
It is subjected to editing and erasing Hou
Can you.
( P182)
Eco Manager menu
Eco prize
Thumbnail screen of eco prize
It is displayed.
( P186)

Fuel consumption set


Criteria of eco route display of measurement
Make the fuel consumption of the settings that the.
(
P186)
Eco-driving evaluation
History
To view the history of eco-driving evaluates the
Vinegar.
( P185)
Page 38

38
The basic operation of the navigation
CRA4803-A <38>
Shortcut menu
Operation
Automatic to after looking for a place to move the map
Manner the displayed menu that shortcut
It called the menu. Route search and point
Registration, be carried out such as the display of detailed information
Can you.
One
The scroll or location map
Find ( P55)

To display status of the position and the map of the cross cursor
Thus, the short cut in accordance with the respective
-Up menu appears.
When scrolling screen
I register here
Is this the current cursor position
It is possible to be registered in the machine
You.
( P81)
Look for the surrounding facilities
Facilities around the cursor position
Search by selecting a genre
You can be.
(
P57)

Go to here
Destination the arrow cursor position
As, or to perform a route search
Vinegar.
( P63)
Search results when the screen
Information
Search location to the detail information
place where the data is recorded
If the display detailed information turf
Vinegar.
( P62)
I register here
and registers the search location to the machine
You can be.
(
P81)
Look for the surrounding facilities
Search location around the facility
Search by selecting a genre
Thing I can.
( P57)
Go to here
the searched location and destination
Te, it will make the route search.
( P63)
Memo
the found and to scroll the map after inspection
Back to the search point , but it appears. When you touch,
To return to the point before the scroll.

Page 39

39
Basic navigation operation
CRA4803-A <39>
Operation of the map screen
The map display of the navigation displays the current location of your car (the
vehicle), "You are here image
Location to display that you want to see the plane, "there is a" scroll screen ".
You want to display the current position screen

Even if any screen, you can return to quickly present location screen.
One
Press the (Hometown)

You are here in the map will be displayed.


Memo
In a state in which to display the current position screen (You are here)
When you press, map scale that was registered
( P44)
To
To switch (you are viewing in the registration scale
It does not work in this case).

You are here screen see how


Normal view
Bearing mark
Red orientation mark
There triangle indicates North
To you.
Scale display
Touch key
Under
]
There of scale
It shows the distance.
(2D display only)
Current time
Locus display
GPS receiver in the mark
ETC CARD mark
Vehicle mark
Traffic information provision time display
During SD access mark smartphone cooperation mark
For more information
Please visit.
Bluetooth connection in the mark
"I use the smart phone linkage function"
( P193)
Page 40

Forty

CRA4803-A <40>
Memo
And when you use the first time this unit, when you did not use a long period of time,
it takes to to display the current location about 5 minutes
There is a thing.

Vehicle mark is, you may deviate from the actual location.
Trajectory display, you can view the travel locus of about 250 km worth passing
through until now. Usually white, the car speed
Red when less than 5 km / h, is 5 km / h more than 20 km / h time of less than it
appears in terms of orange.
ETC CARD mark, Navi linkage ETC system of dealer installed option can be
connected to this unit, and ETC
Card will be displayed if the insertion already only.
Current time, it is displayed based on information from the GPS satellite. It is not
possible to time of change.

Moving the map (scroll)


Move the map to the location where you want to see on the map.
One
Touch in the direction you want to see on the map
Make

map as the touched location becomes the center


That it will move.
Memo
Scroll Move your finger while touching the screen
also it works, and away from the center of the screen cursor to
Enough to touch was in place, the speed at which you scroll
It will be faster. However, while driving it was touch
You can only scroll to the location.
8-direction arrow
( P40)
Showing or Shitima~tsu
-Flops
( P42)
In the case of, the scroll operation while driving
It can not be done to the.

Two
If the position you want to fine-tune,
Tweak it from Touch, fine
The integer you want the direction of the arrow (8 directions)
It will touch on

Each time you touch the arrow, map little by little


One it will move.
Once again fine-tuning When you touch, 8-way
Direction of the arrow will disappear.
Memo
Operation of fine-tuning, the map display mode of normal
If the view is possible only.

Operation of the map screen


Page 41

41
Basic navigation operation
CRA4803-A <41>
Change the scale of the map
Map in the range of 10 m ~ 500 km scale
You can change the le.
One
Details or wide area it will touch on
More detailed map than appears. Table
Range shown will be narrower.
Wide-area map is displayed in a wide range from.
Narrow roads, etc. will not be displayed.
Memo
Detail and wide area each time you touch the, and 10 m,
25 m, 50 m, 100 m, 200 m, 500 m,
1 km, 2 km, 5 km, 1 0 km, 2 0 km,
50 km, 100 km, 200 km, 500 km and vinegar
Kale display will change.
Details and wide-area and continues to touch, in succession
You can change the scale.


Change the display method of map
The map display method according to different situations
You can change.
One
View I want to touch on
Two
I want to touch on the display method of map
Memo
Highway mode is selected only in the toll road traveling
You can.

Scroll the screen look the way


Normal view
Line connecting the crosshair cursor from the current location
Cross-hair cursor
Operation of the map screen
Page 42

42
CRA4803-A <42>
Type of display method
Normal view
It is displayed in the normal map (2D map).
Detailed city map recording area
( P218)
In,
Detailed city at the time of the 10 m ~ 50 m scale
Town map is displayed (City map).
Memo
Automatically usually land in the vicinity of the boundary of the city map
The display switches in the figure. City map
You can also display the boundary. In that case,
City map only appear in the vicinity of the boundary, boundary
The outside nothing is displayed.
City map display and the City map boundary table
Shows can be ON / OFF.
"function to the setting"
(P101)

Sky View
Map as seen from the sky (3D Map)
There will be displayed.
Eco-information display
Eco-driving evaluation screen
( P185)
There, the right side of the map
It appears in.
Highway mode
Fee is a special screen at the time of the road traveling.
Distance and rates up to the front of the toll road facility, expected
Arrival (passage) time, and whether the branch is displayed
You. For highway mode,
"Highway
For by mode "
( P50)
Please visit.
Change the orientation of the map
Map display orientation in the normal view F
There are fading up and north-up.
The factory is "heading up".
Heading up
One
View - heading up to
Touch
Operation of the map screen
Page 43

43
Basic navigation operation
CRA4803-A <43>

So as to be above "direction of travel" is always, map


That it will rotate automatically.
North up
One
View - North up standing in
Chisuru

It will be displayed as "north" is on top always.


100 m scale one-way

I ON / OFF the display


One-way mark to be displayed in the City map
A, a call to be displayed even when the 100 m scale
You bet you can.
The factory is "OFF".
One
View - 100 meters scale while
Traffic display touch the

The 100 m scale while each time you touch


Traffic display of ON / OFF is switched.
Memo
For the side maps highway mode table
It can not be shown.
We have to set the scale of the map in addition to 100 m
That case, automatically 100 m vinegar When set to ON
It switched to kale.

Operation of the map screen


Page 44

44
CRA4803-A <44>
ON the enlarged display of character /
To OFF
Statement of place names and facility name to be displayed on a map screen
You can to enlarge the character.
The factory is "OFF".
One
View - character enlarged display of map
It will touch on

Characters enlarged display each time you touch ON /


OFF is switched.
Register the scale
For each display method of each map, the scale
You can register Le. The registered scan
Kale, the map screen by pressing the (Hometown)
It becomes the scale at the time of the display.
One

Scale you want to register the map screen


Display in
Two
View - scale registration I will touch on

A confirmation message will be displayed.


Three
Yes I want to touch on
To the display settings of the logo
The table the logo of various facilities on the map
You can make shown.
One
View - logo display setting
It will touch on
Operation of the map screen
Page 45

45
Basic navigation operation
CRA4803-A <45>
Two
Ja you want to display the logo
Touch the Nru

The selected logo will be displayed on the map.


Choose from all of the list
Choose from all the facilities that are registered in this machine
You.
One
View - logo display setting
- Full list you want to touch on
Two
Ja you want to display the logo
Touch the Nru
Three
Facility you want to display the logo
It will touch on

Indicator of the selected facility lights


is, you can choose continue.
Memo

The indicator also lights up if you select more than one


You.
When you touch the facility again, the indicator consumption
The lights will be deselected.

To select the other facilities, and returns to step Touch


Two
Returning to the screen, the procedure
Two
~
Three
Repeat the go
Please.

Four
End it will touch on

Back to the map screen, Rogoma of facilities that chose


Clause appears.
You want to customize the list
Changing settings in the list corresponding to the favorite
I can. In addition to the genre name, the facility name
You can also be displayed.
One
View - logo display setting
- Customize it touches the
Two
Touch to you want to change genre name
Three
It will touch on the genre name of your choice
Operation of the map screen
Page 46

46
CRA4803-A <46>
Four
It will touch on the hope of Facility Name

Step 2 to return to the screen of the list is changed


You.

When subsequently performing a changing operation, Step 2


Please repeat the subsequent operations.
You want to hide the logo
Turn off the display of the selected logo from the map
The, you do the following.
One
View - logo display setting
It will touch on
Two
Display: ON touch the

Display: OFF it becomes,


It is chosen logo
It will disappear from the map.
Memo
Again to display the logo,
Display:
OFF Touch
Display: ON I want to.

You want to display the coordinates


It will display the coordinate information on the current location.
One
You are here screen, (Hometown)
Push
Two
Coordinate it touches the

Coordinate information is displayed.


About side map
Lee Find highway mode display and location
place to strike the screen, displaying the information such as screen
If the map screen is displayed on the right side of the screen
(Side map).
Memo
For basic operation of the list,
"Basic
Operation of the list "
( P25)
Please visit.
For the operation of the side map screen,

"Side
Operation of the map screen. "
( P47)
Please visit.

Operation of the map screen


Page 47

47
Basic navigation operation
CRA4803-A <47>
Highway mode
In highway mode, the current position or combing
To roll destination facility map of again map
It will be displayed.
List screen
In the list screen, such as when you find a location, select
Map in the vicinity of the facility, which is the Saidoma~tsu
It appears in-flops.
Candidate display screen
In the candidate display screen, the facilities have been selected
The location of the map will be displayed on the side map.
Information screen
In the graphic information and character information screen of VICS, Information
Map of the area surrounding the vehicle position along with the screen again
It appears in the map.
Operation of the side map screen
In the side map with list screen, is selected
Position of the list item that is a, Saidoma~tsu
It appears in-flops.
Information
Detailed information of the location you have selected
(
P62)
You can display a.
Go here as a destination to the location you have selected
Route search
( P63)
It will do.
Memo

Scale display ( 100 meters When you touch, etc.),


You can change the scale.

Operation of the map screen


Page 48

48
CRA4803-A <48>
Safety informational
Tion
Various guidance for safe driving according to the situation
It takes place.
Toll road attention point Border guidance
Approximately kilometers from here
Until then, be aware enough operation
Please be.
The earlier, the confluence there from the right
Ri you. Please note.
The earlier, the confluence there from the left
Ri you. Please note.
Ahead, there is a confluence.
Please note.
it enters the prefecture.

Railroad crossing guidance


This is a former railroad crossing. Rather Notes
Please.
Refresh guidance I will be soon 2 hours.
Why do not you break?
Light lighting guidance shortly day is late. La
Please refer to the confirmation of the thread.
e start guidance is sudden acceleration. Mind the safe driving
Let cliff.
Narrow street guidance
Note to the actual traffic regulations and road width
Please traveling in mind.

Memo
Toll road attention point-border guidance, run a toll road
Only in a row it is done.
Railroad crossing guide, there is no railroad crossing ahead of the road while driving
If you are guided if there is a railroad crossing near even if
I have. Also, it is guided at all crossings
Not divided.
And even when the sunset time, already lit light
If you are, the light lighting guidance does not take place.
ON / OFF can for each of the guide
Vinegar.
"function to the setting"
(P101)
For conditions such as the following, are not guided
Be the case and the actual situation and the different guidance
There. Actual traffic conditions and traffic rules and signs
Please be operated in accordance with such.
- When the vehicle position is not displayed correctly
- The way in actually traveling with the map that is displayed
when the road situation is different

About e Start Us
Speed from the start start until after about 5 seconds
Upon detection of more than 41 km / h, sudden acceleration of warning
It is guided by the WARNING message and voice.
Memo
e start guide I can ON / OFF.
"function
To the Settings "(P101)

Operation of the map screen


Page 49

49
Basic navigation operation
CRA4803-A <49>
On the screen that is displayed while driving

About
When the signal approaches
The traveling direction, a signal within about 300 m
Mark of the machine will be displayed up to a maximum of five locations.
When traveling on the toll road
When traveling on the toll road, automatically highway
Instead cut into by mode (auto high
Way mode).
Memo
Auto highway mode, ON / OFF can
Vinegar.
"function to the setting"
(P101)
There are also some display outside the scope of the toll road.
To manually switch to the highway mode, Yu
The "leaf in the view switching menu in charge during the road traveling
Choose the Iu~ei mode ".
"Show how the map
We change the law. "
(P41)

Operation of the map screen


Page 50

Fifty
CRA4803-A <50>
For highway mode
The distance of the highway mode, until the interchange and service area that is
currently headed
Away, and you can confirm and facility information. In addition, in accordance with
the running of the car, automatically the next facility
It will switch to the information. Facility information of the main line or on the branch
destination also, you can see.
Highway mode You are here screen of seeing how
Toll road facility information close to the second
Facility Feed touch key
Screen is changed to the cursor mode, and sends a toll road facilities in order of
proximity to the current location

It will continue. Use, for example, if you want to see the toll road facility close to the
fourth.
You are here Display (Side map)
Toll road facility information close to the first
ETC lane guide
Or the presence or absence of the ETC board equipment
It is displayed unchanged.
Toll road facility information close to the third
SA / PA Feed touch key
SA and (service area)
PA (parking area)
We will send only to order
You.
Memo
Map the orientation of the side map of highway mode will be heading up fixed.
In the highway mode, each type of facility (IC / PA / SA / JCT / lamp / toll / smart IC)
and facilities
Distance and expected time remaining until arrival (pass) from the and location
will be displayed.
The following facilities and service information of the facility
( P52)
It settled to when descended from the fee (pass or toll road and
In the case of facilities) is displayed.
When you touch on the map portion of the side map, it is used to display the map in
the vicinity of facilities in location and selection
Can you.
SA / PA Feed If you touch, you can send only the service area and parking area in
order.
If the illustration information to the next facility is recorded, if you select the next
facility, illustrations will be displayed.
If there is a branch destination route to the next facility, you can select the branch
destination.
If the branch facility and SA / PA to the next facility is the hotel, you are prompted to
select either.
If you have to get the VICS information, VICS information
( P89)
There will be displayed.
During route guidance, when it comes to approximately 1 km before the toll road exit
guide of the toll road exit is displayed, an exit
Automatically highway mode when you pass will be canceled.

View If you touch, you can switch to choose another display map. Also, from other
map display
If you return to the highway mode, the right screen will be displayed in the map
display of the angle of the previous. (For example, just before the earth
If diagrammatic representation of Skyview, right screen of highway mode will be
displayed in 3D. )

Operation of the map screen


Page 51

51
Basic navigation operation
CRA4803-A <51>
About price indication
If you set a route on the toll road,
Rates may not appear.
If the price of non-compliant route to "
*****
"
If it contains fee non-compliant routes
"
*****
Yen or more "is displayed.
Rates display is possible because, urban expressways, urban
During high speed, and it is part of the toll road.
"Paid
For road fee data "
(P219)
Rates displayed, by the vehicle setting, midsize car,
Ordinary car, it can be switched to light car.
"Setting the vehicle information."

(P113)
Correspondingly, for the various ETC discounted rates
No.
See ahead of facility information
In the highway mode, it is allowed to postpone the facility
You can see the destination facility information Te.
One
Next facility , before the facility is touch
And then choose the facility you want to display
Facility in selection
Memo
By directly touching the previous facility, select the facility
Rukoto I can also.
Side map
( P46)
Peripheral facilities in selected to
Of the map is displayed.
During route guidance, the facility is sent along the route
You.
If you touch to the facility in the selection, facility periphery of the selected
You can display the side of the map. Map
the displayed facilities, search history
( P60)
It is registered in
You.
illustrations information has been recorded in the selected facilities
If, illustrations will be displayed.
If there is a branch destination route to the selected facilities, and branch
The screen to select the destination is displayed.

You can see up to 100 facilities destination.

branch facility and SA / PA is annexed to the chosen facility


If you have that, the display screen to select either
It is.
When you press the (Hometown), highway mode current of
Hometown screen appears.

See the branch destination of the information of the branch facility


The
If the route is not set, running
It is possible to see the facility information along the route
You.
Branch facility in the middle, regardless of the presence or absence of the route
If so, look at the previous information by selecting the branch destination
Rukoto I can.
One
Standing in the facility name by selecting the branch facility
Chisuru
Two
Touch to branch destination you want to see
Memo
Map When you touch, the land of the point where there is a branch facility
It will display the figure. After confirmation, Back When you touch,
To return to the menu screen to select a branch destination.

Operation of the map screen


Page 52

52
CRA4803-A <52>

Branch destination of the route will be displayed.


Service area and parking d
Information that is displayed in the rear
Store information
Toilet for the disabled
Restaurant
Shopping Corner
Highway Oasis
Dog run

Nap resting place


Snack Corner
Information
Highway Information Terminal
Bath
Facsimile
Post
Cash Service
WC
Memo
Store information, estimated arrival time and business time to the facility
But it is taken into account, the available facilities (Example:) is available with
No facilities (Example:) is displayed is distinguished.
(D
Work time account display)
The information displayed at the same time is up to eight. Nine or more
If there is a top of information, priority table in order of the above table
the indicated, it does not appear after the ninth.
Biweekly regular holiday, occasional holidays and irregular management
It does not correspond to the work time. The actual management
The work time may be different.

Illustrations display of facility


When you touch the facilities such as SA and PA,
If the facility of illustrations information has been recorded
It appears in.

Memo
Map When you touch, the point where there is a SA and PA
It will display the map.

For congestion information display


If you are getting the traffic jam information, the vehicle position
Closest congestion situation (traffic jam or congestion) Contact
Table on screen preliminary regulatory information until 3 in the order close
It is shown.
Memo
When there is a traffic control between the facilities, and congestion information Marr
Click

( P91)
There will be displayed.

Operation of the map screen


Page 53

53
Basic navigation operation
CRA4803-A <53>
When approaching the toll of toll road
It ETC lane guidance display is set to ON
If that is the charge on the main line that there is ETC lane
Place, or when approaching the exit toll, ETC Leh
Down guidance is displayed.
Memo
ETC lane guidance display I can ON / OFF.

"Ability to set"
(P101)
ETC lane guide display is different from the actual signboard
There is a case.
Na are illustrations data is recorded by a point
If the stomach, it does not appear.
QUICK SETUP
( P15)
ETC mounted state set of
At a constant, and was set to "is attached to the car" place
If it is, is automatically ETC lane guidance display settings
It will be "ON".

In ETC card expiration notification


About
Power ON at the machine, ETC which is connected to this unit
If the ETC card is inserted into the vehicle-mounted device,
And the message displayed by the ETC card information
Voice guidance will be performed.
Memo
versus the expiration date notification feature the connected ETC board equipment

If you do not respond, but does not assistance.

- During normal cases


Message: ETC available.
ETC card expiration date:
20 month
Voice guidance: ETC card is inserted Salema
It was.
Example of case expiration of the current month
Message: the ETC card expiration date
This is the end of this month. The Make a card
Please be sure.
Voice guidance: the ETC card expiration date this month
It is the end. We will continue to check the card
Please.
Example of the case has expired already
Message: the ETC card expiration date
It has expired.
Voice guidance: the ETC card expiration date the switching
It has been.
Operation of the map screen
Page 54

54
CRA4803-A <54>
Go back to home
When you register your home, Lou up home with a simple operation even if they go
to the country where
You can make bets assistance.
I want to register a home
In When you register your home, simple operation
I can route search of the home.
One
To stop the car at home, (menu)
Press and destination - home - yes
It will touch on

Home is registered.
Memo
When you register your home to a new, named "Home"
Home mark and

It will be automatically input.


When you are stopped at a location other than home,
"Location
Find "( P55)
With reference to locate the home of location
Please be.
QUICK SETUP
( P15)
In also be registered in
Can you.
When you register to find a location, and registered as a home
You can also be.
"I want to register the location."
(P81)
Home of the position I can be changed.
"of registered land registration
You want to edit the contents. "
(P83)
If you already have at home you are already registered, registered
Remove home
( P84)
Please go after.
Operation and QUICK SETUP to register the location
In case you want to re-register the home, you can override the home
You.

I route search to your home


as a destination the registered home, route search
It will do.
One
Press (menu), destination
- home it will touch on

Route search of up to six maximum of up to home


Will. Guidance start When you touch, Lou
To guide is started, and the screen depending on the situation

Route guidance is done by voice. Home


It approaches and route guidance is terminated.
Page 55

55
Inspection
Rope
CRA4803-A <55>
Look for a place
Navigation operations begin from the fact that to find the location (destination, such
as a stop-off destination destinations)
Ri you. If it is possible to display the destination of the map, set the root to the bottom
Or, you can be watching for more information.
Memo
Depending on the searched location, if the displayed map is not a map of a pin point
around the destination there
Ri you. In that case, a message indicating that it is not a pin point is displayed, the
map of the representative point is displayed.
If you search the facility, please set at the destination after a search without directly
scroll. For example, highway
When you scroll through the streets of the facility after the search is set to destination,
the there if on the open road is the destination
Ri you.
In the search on a natural, you may point there is no road around is displayed. Such a
place
Where, please set the destination on a nearby road Scroll through the map. The
location is not around the road
When the destination, you may not be able to route search.
If the Search location (facility) parking data has been recorded, to guide the parking
lot of the facility as the destination
you might want to. (Parking point link)

Look at the map


You can find on the map.
One
It is allowed to scroll the map, it is an object of the
Adjust the cross cursor to the location
Subsequent operations, shortcut menu

Operation of
( P38)
Please reference to.
Look for the name
Accommodation and leisure facilities, such as the various facilities
You can search by name.
One
Press (menu), destination
- name it will touch on
Two
Enter the name of the facility in hiragana
is, candidate display Touch to
Genre can narrow down the view by genre
You.
Area
You can narrow down the view by State
You.
Page 56

56
Look for a place
CRA4803-A <56>
Memo
It is not possible to input other than the hiragana. Katakana,
Kanji, Roman, and look for the facility, including the numbers
Liver, enter in hiragana all.
Name Enter only the portion you know, and search to
Rukoto you can (keyword search).
Input of the voiced sound (Bu) and semi-voiced () it can be omitted.
In addition, such as double consonants (Yo) it can be substituted with such (good).
Name I can enter up to 20 characters eyes.
Search method, the character that is nearest to the number of characters you entered
It will display the number of facilities.
Depending on the input contents and narrowing condition, and Ken
Result of search, of that there is no corresponding data message
There is a case where the information is displayed.


Three
Look for the purpose of the facility from the list
Order of the Japanese syllabary
It sorted in alphabetical order.
Four
It will touch on the facility name

Facility near the map and shortcut menu


New appears.
Subsequent operations, shortcut menu
Operation of
( P38)
Please reference to.
Look for in Address
You can search for an address or place name.
One
Press (menu), destination
- Address I will touch on
Two
Prefecture name, city name, place name
It will touch on order
Three
Touch by selecting an address from the list
Make
Memo
Major portion Touch to, the chosen representative areas of the region
It appears map of points.
Address input When you touch, the finger by entering the address
It can be constant.
In the case of address direct input, do not enter the address
Input end When you touch, chome or address name
Representative point is searched.
If you know to contain Oaza-Koaza is, respectively
Enter.

map and show with a focus on the entered address

To cut menu appears.


Subsequent operations, shortcut menu
Operation of
( P38)
Please reference to.
Page 57

57
Look for a place
Inspection
Rope
CRA4803-A <57>
Search by Category
It is to look for various facilities from the genre tab
Can you.
And narrowed that genre tab
Cars and transportation
Buy
Life
Stay-play
Eat

One
Press (menu), destination
- genre I want to touch on
Two
standing to the genre of the tab Filter
Is the earth, further narrow genre
It will touch on
Three
Touch to select a search method
You look around the vehicle /
I look around
And Ken facilities around the vehicle position
You search.
Cursor position around
(Map scroll only)

Facilities around the cursor position


You find the.
Area designation
Search and narrow down the area
You can.
Line order
(Car-transportation only)
Narrow down by route search
You can.
Memo
Search method that is displayed, depending on the chosen genre
It will differ Te.

Four
It will touch on the purpose of the facility

Facility near the map and shortcut menu


New appears.
Subsequent operations, shortcut menu
Operation of
( P38)
Please reference to.
Look for the surrounding facilities
Such as gasoline stations and restaurants, current
Earth and root around, scroll to the periphery of the facility
And you can find up to 50 items maximum.
Memo
Shortcut menu
( P38)
Of peripheral facilities
Find the set also can be operated by touching the
You.

One
Press (menu), destination
- surrounding facilities it will touch on
Two
It will touch on the genre
Page 58

58

Look for a place


CRA4803-A <58>
Three
If there is more information genre,
Refine the genre
Four
It will touch on the purpose of the facility
The vehicle around
Find the facilities of the area surrounding the vehicle
You.
Route neighborhood
(During route guidance only)
Facilities of root around in guidance
Find the set.
Memo
If you operate from the scroll position, and Jikurumashu
Side and Route neighborhood does not appear.
Parking, ATM, convenience store, gas station,
Search family restaurants, fast food
Then, it is taken into account business hours, currently available
Facility (example:
) And is not available facility (example:
) Are ward
It appears to have been another. (Taking into account business hours Search)
Biweekly regular holiday, occasional holidays and occasional sales
It does not correspond to the time. The time of actual sales
There are times when it is different from the between.
In convenience stores, liquor (
) And tobacco (
It deals with)
It appears as seen shops.
In fast food, drive-through and (
) Correspondence
It appears to be seen is shop.
,,, It does not appear some facilities More
Ri you.
Parking,
"Setting the vehicle information."
( P113)
"Chu
It is searched by considering the car limit ". Use can Na

Opinion parking (
) And it will be displayed. (Actual vehicle
There is a setting and a different case)
And Ken a department store alliance parking More Select parking
You can also search.
When in the route guidance is the vehicle is on the route,
Search in favor of the route around. Around the vehicle
If you are looking for in the area around the vehicle and then touch.

If you look at the root around the route forward in guidance


Within both sides about 200 m, range of within front about 30 km
It is retrieved from the circumference. Own car around or scroll
If you are looking for at Le position, the vehicle position or scroll
Search Salema from a radius of about 10 km in the range of le position
Vinegar. Find a facility within a radius of about 10 km
If it did not, and Ken from the scope of the radius of about 30 km
It will be search.

Five
It will touch on the facility name

map and short with a focus on facilities that chose


Cut menu appears.
The logo of the facility was searched, map
It appears in the above.
Subsequent operations, shortcut menu
Operation of
( P38)
Please reference to.
To cancel the display of the logo
One
P57 of the "Find peripheral facilities"
Procedure

Two
In result erasing it will touch on

Logo will be erased.


Memo
View - erasing around the search results you can either touch,
The logo also OFF the car engine switch
You can erase the mark.

Page 59

59
Look for a place
Inspection
Rope
CRA4803-A <59>
Look for the phone number
You may search by entering the phone number of the destination
Can you.
One
Press (menu), destination
- phone number I want to touch on
Two
Enter the phone number

Automatically search and the phone number to all the digits input
Me begin. You do not automatically start the search
If, input end it will touch on.
Memo
Please be sure to enter the area code and the city code.
You can enter up to 10 digits (090,080,070,
Phone numbers that start with 050 and can enter up to 11 digits
Masu).
Dial Q2 (0990- ), mobile phone, shortening
Dial, it is not eligible. However, the corresponding power
If the telephone number is registered in the registered point detection
You can search.

The corresponding map and shortcut menu


There will be displayed.
Subsequent operations, shortcut menu
Operation of
( P38)
Please reference to.
Look for from the registration area
It is possible to search the list of the registered location
You.
One
Press (menu), destination
- registered land touch the
Two
You want to touch the desired location
Memo
Sort When you touch, the following pop-Up menu appears. Li Touch
You can sort the list.
Call chronological order by date and time of registration or call
Arranged you instead of the.
Close order
Vehicle position or scroll area
Sort in order of proximity from the point.
2D mark the order I sort by mark.

Map and show with a focus on registration location you chose


To cut menu appears.
Subsequent operations, shortcut menu
Operation of
( P38)
Please reference to.
Page 60

Sixty
Look for a place
CRA4803-A <60>
Look for from the search history
Where it is a place or a destination that has been searched in the past,
Map or display the facilities during highway mode
You can look et al.

One
Press (menu), destination
- Search history I want to touch on
Two
Touch the purpose of the facility (history name)
Make

map and short with a focus on the chosen location


Cut menu appears.
Subsequent operations, shortcut menu
Operation of
( P38)
Please reference to.
Look for from map code
By entering the map code, the point
You can call quickly.
Memo
Map code, Japan various locations of place
13-digit maximum the location data (extended map code of place
It is intended to identify a number of the case). Address in such as
A difficult place even map the code to be identified
It can be identified.

One
Press (menu), destination
- map code I want to touch on
Two
Enter the map code

Start automatically search If you enter a 13 digit


Tighten. If you do not want to start automatically search
The input end it will touch on.

The corresponding map and shortcut menu


There will be displayed.
Subsequent operations, shortcut menu
Operation of
( P38)
Please reference to.
Page 61

61
Look for a place
Inspection
Rope
CRA4803-A <61>
Look for an easy destination search
In operation from the map screen, narrow down the search item
Use the destination menu'm, easily
You can find.
One
Easy destination search on the map screen
It will touch on the touch key
Two
Touch to select a search method
Name
Look for the name
( P55)
Procedure of
Two
~
Four
Please reference to.
Street address
Look for in Address
( P56)
Procedure of
Two
~
Three
Please reference to.
Phone number
Look for the phone number
( P59)
Procedure of
Two
Please reference to.
Home
Route to the home up to six or
In will be searched. Guidance start to
When you touch, the route guidance is started
The difference is, the screen and the sound depending on the situation

Route guidance is performed. Home


Route guidance is terminated when approaching the
You.
Page 62

62
CRA4803-A <62>
One
The location using the destination menu
Find ( P55)
Two
Information I want to touch on
Three
Confirm the information
Phone number / address / name / genre /
If you look from the surrounding facilities:
Next page
It will switch to the next page.
Map
Map screen is displayed.
Transmission
Power to the phone number that is registered
We will put the story.
( P179)
Go to here
The route to the point that displays
You search.
Memo
For more information, facility icon is displayed.
Parking Yes:
ATM Yes:
Sake of handling (convenience store):
Of tobacco handling (convenience store):
Drive-through (fast food):
The above icon, there is also not displayed some facility
You.

If you look from the registration area / search history:


Map
Map screen is displayed.
Transmission

Power to the phone number that is registered


We will put the story.
( P179)
Go to here
The route to the point that displays
You search.
Look for more information
For information on where you locate by using the destination menu, information of
the location has been recorded
You can view the detailed information only if that.
Memo
By item of destination menu that you use, vary the contents of the detailed
information that can be displayed.

Page 63

63
CRA4803-A <63>
Root
It will explore the root
If you set the search location as the "destination", a route from the current location to
the destination
It is search, you will see the route guidance start screen.
One
Location Find ( P55)
Two
Go here to touch on
Memo
When in the vicinity of the destination there is a toll road, and the General
Screen is displayed to confirm the road] or [toll road]
It might be. Whether either the case
Please choose.
Congestion consideration route search
( P69)
If is "ON"
Performs a route search in consideration of the VICS information
You.
If you have already been set route, it looked for
Place to either stop-off destination to destination or of pop
-Up screen appears. Destination standing in
When the earth, and to clear the current destination, new purpose

We will explore the root of the earth as a destination. The stop-off


Earth When you touch, the destination as it is, look
We will explore the route stop by location.

Route guidance start screen appears.


Root professional
Feel
During the period from the starting point to the destination
Road names and section distance passing through to,
Rates of toll road (toll road
The case where it is used) and pass the preIn the confirmation information such as virtual time
Can you.
( P65)
Detailed route setting stop-off location specified
( P66)
, Getting on and off
IC specified
( P67)
, The departure point finger
Constant
( P68)
I can.
Other routes
(Search route
In the case of multiple)
And routes that are currently selected
The root of the different search conditions
You can choose.
(
P65)
Route map
(Search route
In the case of only one book)
Specify the like stop-off place, and sag
Search route is only one book
In the case of, the entire route is one image
It is displayed so as to fit the surface

Will.
( P66)
In the route map screen, Map
Scroll of
( P40)
Be between
Kale change
( P41)
It is
You.
Guidance start
Plan a route that is currently selected
It will start the internal.
Memo
By starting the traveling, be initiated guidance
I can also.
The route is first displayed, the "root search criteria"
( P103)
, "Toll road use conditions"
( P103)
Of
It becomes route in accordance with the search conditions.
If you specify a stop-off areas and getting on and off IC, it is searched
Route will be only one.

Page 64

64
It will explore the root
CRA4803-A <64>
Route guidance start screen of seeing how
Memo
Route guidance start screen, North-up
( P43)
It becomes.
Congestion information
( P89)
The if is obtained, displays the time required in consideration of the traffic jam.
Rates classification and rates display,

"Setting the vehicle information" ( P113)


Fee of "toll segment" that has been set by the
It is displayed in gold.
Charges that are displayed, not in response to the various ETC discounted rates and
Metropolitan Expressway and Hanshin fast ETC car fee.
However, if you are connected to the Navi linkage ETC system of dealer installed
option on this machine, discount fee in voice
There is that gold is guided.
( P72)
If the route, including the fee non-compliant routes, or is displayed as "more than
hundred yen", "
*****
This is displayed as a circle. "
There is a door.
If the toll road facilities such as service area was a destination, it may fee does not
appear.

Menu display
IC (Interchange) Display
And the first IC of the toll road to be used
Last IC is displayed.
Search conditions
The root of the currently selected
Search criteria are displayed.
(Distance)
Of route that is selected
The total distance is displayed.
(Time)
Function Settings
The setting was estimated arrival time
It calculated the speed to the original
The required time is displayed
You.
(Fee)
Of the toll road to be used
It is the rate classification and rates

It is.
( P101)
Route display
A route that is currently selected
It is schematic representation.
Page 65

65
It will explore the root
Root
CRA4803-A <65>
Check the route profile
Make
One
Route profile and touch
and ( P63)
Two
Guidance start or return to touch
Make
Memo
Root Edit menu
( P78)
In operation from,
Guidance start rather than the end will be displayed.

Choose the other route


One
Other route I want to touch on
( P63)
Two
1 ~ 6 to select the route with a number of
Guidance start I want to touch on
Map scroll scroll confirmation screen
( P65)
Scale change and the map of risk in
Roll you can.
Memo
It can be selected from a maximum of six candidates route
Be (sometimes candidate route will be the same).
Search conditions of the route that is currently selected on the screen
It will be displayed.

Recommended route is necessarily route the shortest time


I do not mean that.
Fuel consumption set
( P186)
If you are, and root exploration
Most fuel consumption less Lou from the search results
And at the eco route (
This to be displayed as)
You bet you can.

Operation of scroll confirmation screen


In the scroll confirmation screen, and scroll the map
Le
( P40)
Scale changes and
( P41)
In There
Can you.
In addition, candidate switching each time you touch, and Lou
Bets switched, guidance start when you touch the
Start the guided in the chosen route.
Page 66

66
It will explore the root
CRA4803-A <66>
You want to view the route map
One
Route map I want to touch on
( P63)
Two
Guidance start or return to touch
Make
In the route map screen, the scroll of the map
( P40)
Scale changes and
( P41)
It is

You.
I a detailed route setting
You want to add a stop-off place
Add the ground stop-off on the route, and through the stop-off areas
You can be guided Yukari route.
Memo
If you already have a route in assistance, short
Cut menu
( P38)
In go here standing in
When the blood or of to do stop-off destination to destination
Pop-up menu appears. The stop-off
Ground Touch, be added to land the stop-off
Can you.
When you make an additional stop-off place, already passed in that time
All stop-off place will be automatically deleted.

One
Details Routing - stop-off location specified
Touch to ( P63)
Two
Additional touch the
Three
Looking for a location ( P55) stop-off place
Are decided, determined to touch the
Memo
It will specify the order in which stop by.
You can also rearrange the order later.

Four
Search start I want to touch on
Page 67

67
It will explore the root
Root
CRA4803-A <67>
Add to
In addition it will add a stop-off place.

Delete
It will remove the stop-off place.
Sorting Auto
The total distance of the entire route is shorter
Arranged you changed as.
Sorting Manual
The exchange arranged by specifying the order in which the stop by
For example you.
Memo
In addition, when you add a stop-off place, the procedure
Two
~
Three
Of
It will repeat the operation.
Stop-off areas can be specified up to five locations
You.
It specifies the boarding IC
( P67)
In the the point rearranging
I do not care.

One route to stop by the specified stop-off place


It is searched only, guidance start screen
( P63)
There
Since it appears, guidance start to touch on
To you.
Getting on and off the IC (interchange)
Designate
If you set a route that use the toll road,
Specify the interchange of inlet and outlet
Thing I can.
Memo
Interchange that can be specified, the first search
It has been the first entrance of the route, the last exit also,

Selected from a total of seven facilities around 3 facilities of the inlet / outlet
You can be-choice. Using multiple toll road
If the route to use, the middle of the interchange
It can not be changed.
If you do add or remove sorting and stop-off areas,
The specified boarding IC will be canceled.
place the smart IC consideration route search is functioning
If is, it specifies the smart IC as getting on and off IC child
And I can also.
"route that takes into account the smart IC
Search "
(P69)

One
Details Routing - getting on and off IC specified
Touch to ( P63)
Two
Entrance IC designated or exit IC specified
It will touch on
Three
Inter is the entrance or exit
It will touch on the change

route through the specified interchange


There will be search.
Memo
If you select the junction (JCT), branch destination Yu
Interchange list of fee road is displayed
You.

Page 68

68
It will explore the root
CRA4803-A <68>
To release the passenger IC specified
One
P67 of procedure
Two

In specified release in
Touch
Two
The inlet and outlet / inlet only / exit
Only touch the
Three
Yes I want to touch on

Release the boarding IC specified, the route is search of


Will.
It will specify the place of departure
to explore the route from the specified starting point
I can.
One
Details Routing - specifies the starting point
Touch to ( P63)
Two
Looking for a location ( P55) departure
Are decided, determined to touch the

The probe route the specified location was the starting point is
It will be search.
To cancel the point of departure is
One
P68 of the "to specify a starting point."
Procedure
One
In place of departure specified release in
Touch
Two
Yes I want to touch on

By releasing the starting point specified, the route is search of


Will.
Page 69

69
It will explore the root
Root
CRA4803-A <69>
For route search function

Learning route search


Departure, stop-off areas, road frequently used in the vicinity of the destination
Make the route search in consideration of.
Memo
Learning route search I can ON / OFF.
"function
You want to configure. "
(P101)
It does not have the ability to display the learned routes.
the learned road is not necessarily always be used.
and changes when frequently used road was gone
If such as you, to erase the learning route
( P87)
Please let me learn a new route from the city.
However, all of the routes learned to be erased
Please note that There will be erased.

Route search considering the smart IC


The smart IC is, ETC dedicated to simple Inter
I will say that of change. Smart IC
Considering the route search is set to "ON"
If you, the smart IC as a target of getting on and off IC
We will do the route search.
Memo
Smart IC consideration route search, can be ON / OFF
You.
"function to the setting"
(P101)
If you already have a route in assistance, configuration changes
You ca n't.
If the smart IC there are business hours, operating at the time
We will do the route search in consideration between. Smart
Hours of DOO IC, time constraints
( P69)
Similar to
It will be taken into account.
Smart IC is closed on account of the facility administrator
There is a case. Pair in this case route guidance

The No not available in fact, be made with elephant


Please note that in
QUICK SETUP
( P15)
ETC mounted state setting of
In, when it is set to "are attached to the car" is
Automatically smart IC consideration route search settings
It will be "ON".

Route search considering the traffic jam information


(Congestion consideration route search)
FM multiplex broadcasting
( P89)
The traffic regulation information by
Make the route search in consideration of.
Memo
Congestion consideration route search, I can ON / OFF.
"function to the setting"
(P101)
When congestion information can not be obtained, and congestion consideration Lou
You can not DOO search.
When necessarily become the root to avoid actual congestion
It does not necessarily mean.

Route search in consideration of the time regulation


The probe route taking into account the regional and time of traffic regulation
We will do the search.
Memo
Depending on the destination, the time constraints consideration route search
A result, it might not be able to search. In that case
The message appears, Mu either ignore the regulation
You can choose whether or not to view.
Time regulation considered in the conditionally of time and day of the week, month
and day
If you perform a route search, based on the search start time

It will consider.

Page 70

70
CRA4803-A <70>
Root induction and Information
We'll explain about the display and voice guidance during route guidance.
You are here screen during route guidance
Memo
Root in guidance, general road is toll road in green will be road-painted in blue. In
addition, near the starting point, and stop-off
Near the ground, near the destination is searched to narrow streets, narrow streets are
displayed in pink. Depending on the location Michinuri
In some cases, it is not Risa.
The estimated arrival time,
"Function to set" ( P101)
estimated arrival time speed in set will be reflected. And
It will also be taken into account VICS information. Time that is displayed is different
from the last actual arrival time at guess time.
Display of distance and estimated arrival time to the destination,
"Ability to set"
( P101)
"Way, estimated arrival time display" of
The By a "stop-off areas" can be changed to display the distance and estimated arrival
time up to the stop-off areas.
The route information, direction and intersection names turn and the distance to the
next guide land is appear
Vinegar. Also, it is further display the direction in which the bend to the distance to
the guide land beyond the upper. By intersection,
It may intersection name is displayed as "guided land".
Route information, you can slide operation.
"Root Information Operations"
(P77)
To approach the guide land (general road: about 700 m, toll road: about 2 km) and, in
the intersection guidance display of the next guide land Leh
Down information, it will be displayed direction sign (in the general road driving). It
does not appear in no intersection of information.
Information display, lane during the induction will be displayed in green. arrow of
white induction lanes to green passage is recommended

It appears in the mark. Lane information display in the toll road running will be
displayed in blue.
For route search,
"Considerations about the root"
( P216)
Please reference to.

Route Information
Direction signboard display
Root in guidance
And the distance to the destination
Expected time of arrival
Lane information
Page 71

71
Root
CRA4803-A <71>
As we approach the guide land
Before about 300 of the guide land m (simple guide
When it approaches the 500 m), the intersection guidance display
Is switched to the screen, the direction of turn display
Will.
Arrow guide (factory settings)
Enlarged view
Memo
Intersection guidance display, change of Arrow Guide / enlarged view
Further I can.
"function to the setting"
(P101)
In the "Arrow Guide", and information on the intersection of the guide target
If there is a broadcast, you will see the signal mark.
Also, if there is information for the next guide land, screen
It appears in the section.

Intersection guidance display, to display the AV source screen


might also be an interrupt displayed in a state where there
You.
Intersection guidance display interrupt table to the AV source screen
It shows I can be ON / OFF.
"function to the setting"
(P101)
During the intersection guidance display,
The Touch but are displayed
With that, you can turn off the intersection guidance. Again,
If you want to display the intersection guidance
Touch to
To you.

When operating in the slide:


Intersection guidance display, the display by the slide operation
It can be switched. Slide
For instructions,
"Slide operation" (
P22)
Please visit.
slide
It will release a guidance display.
slide
It will display the following information areas.
Illustration display of the guide land
If there is a side road to become three-dimensional cross in the traveling direction
And, the data intersection illustration is recorded
If you are, the three-dimensional instead of the intersection guide map
Manner drawn illustrations will be displayed.
Intersection illustrations
Crossing illustrations
Root induction and Information
Page 72

72
CRA4803-A <72>

As you approach the entrance of the city highway


About in front of the city highway entrance on the route
When approaching the 300 m, illustrations will be displayed.
Memo
In some urban expressway entrance, illustrations display
It may not be.
If there is a guide point just before the city fast entrance
Might illustrations may not appear.

When close to the branch of the toll road


In front of about 2 km of toll road branch on the route
When approached, the traveling direction of the district name of the root
Displays.
Memo
If the data is not recorded by the point,
It does not appear.

Also, in front of the branch in the city high-speed, inter-city high-speed


When approached to about 1 km, illustrations appear
Vinegar. Some places is set to the actual branch point
Rear it has the image of a direction sign, which is location
You may Lumpur illustrations are displayed.
Memo
Na are illustrations data is recorded by a point
If the stomach, it does not appear.

Tollgate of the entrance and exit of the toll road


When approaching the
The Navi conjunction of dealer installed option on this machine
Have connected to the ETC system, and of ETC
If the information is received, and use of the ETC
Propriety and the fee will be the voice guidance. In addition, fee
For money I will also message display.
Memo
ETC charges display, the table only if the present location screen
It is shown.
About ETC lane guide display function
( P53)
Please visit.


To pass through the exit and toll of toll road
Then
And pass through the toll road exit and toll on the route
After if there is a branch information, the traveling direction indicated
To illustrations are displayed.
Memo
Na are illustrations data is recorded by a point
If the stomach, it does not appear.

Root induction and Information


Page 73

73
Root
CRA4803-A <73>
When close to the narrow street guidance
Is road painted on narrow streets (pink on the route
In was to approach the road), messages and voice
It is guided.
Memo
The message in the narrow streets running, it will continue to display.
Starting the route traveling from within the narrow streets, or fine
If the engine ON / OFF in the streets, and voice
Information will not be performed. However, the message table
It is shown.
Narrow street guide I can ON / OFF.
"function setting
I will be a "
(P101)

The guiding and guidance by voice


During route running, the speed of the situation and driving a car
In response, it is done meticulously voice guidance.
Direction guiding
Traveling direction (8 directions), as follows: a voice
It is guided.
Diagonal right direction
It is.

Diagonal left direction


It is.
It is the right direction.
It is straight.
Diagonal right front
Is the direction.
It is a U-turn.
It is the left direction.
Diagonal left front
Is the direction.
Type
Guiding example
Side directions
Approximately m away, side road
The is the left direction.
Toll road entrance-exit guide approximately m destination, left
Direction, is the entrance.
Toll road toll guidance about km away, fee
It is the place.
ETC fee guidance
Prices, was circle.
ETC usage fee is circle
It has been discounted.
Smart IC guidance
Beyond, in the smart IC
Vinegar. The actual signs
Please proceed thus.
Lane guidance
Approximately m away, right
It is over there. Right turn lane
There.
Rates guidance
Rates are circle.
Signal just guiding this signal is left.
Memo
Well the plan is only guidance, such as the right direction and left direction
In a point that can not be inside, to be traveling lane
Also it will guide you like.
Direction of right or left turn induced the actual road form of
Jo and it may not fit.

To take advantage of the ETC information guidance functions of this machine, the
present
Come to the Navi conjunction of dealer-fitted option ETC Shea
You need to connect a stem.
ETC information guide, the information from the information providing facility
More, the guide is done.
Traffic lights just assistance, the fee guided by the ON / OFF
Can you.
"function to the setting"
(P101)

Root induction and Information


Page 74

74
CRA4803-A <74>
Guidance at the time of the general road driving
In conjunction with the speed of the car, up to four times in front of the intersection,
the voice guidance will flow. In addition, in the timing
Together intersection guidance is displayed.
Memo
You can to simplify the number and content of the voice guidance.
"function to the setting"
(P101)

Normal time
Approximately 300m away,
It is the right direction.
As above, in m,
It is the left direction.
Second time
The guide point is continuously
When you are
Approximately 700m away,
It is the right direction.
There is a right turn lane.
First

Soon,
It is the right direction.
As above, in m,
It is the left direction.
It is right.
Third time
4th
It is left.
Subsequently,
It is the left direction.
It is about 3km away right direction.
Simple guide when
Approximately 500m away,
It is the right direction.
First
The guide point is continuously
When you are
It will soon make a right direction.
It is right.
Second time
Third time
It is left.
Subsequently,
It is the left direction.
It is about 3km away right direction.
When approaching the stop-off place
When approached to about 300 m in front of the stop-off place, "is soon stop-off
point." Said the voice guidance will flow.
Root induction and Information
Page 75

75
Root
CRA4803-A <75>
Guidance at the time of toll road running
In conjunction with the running of the car, branches and outlets, up to three times in
front of the toll, the voice guidance will flow. In addition, the
District name and branch illustrations at the timing
( P72)
Such as will appear.
About 2km away

It is a toll booth.
First
It will soon make a tollgate.
The cost is circle.
Third time
Approximately 1km away
It is a toll booth.
Second time
Memo
Rates displayed, by the vehicle information setting, midsize car, ordinary car, will be
switched to a light car.
"Setting the vehicle information
Yes "
(P113)
The fee assistance, rates from the entrance you set the route before entering the toll
road to the exit will be guided. Toll
If you set a route since the beginning of the road, or fee guidance is real and different,
and that the fee is not guided
I have.
Charges that are displayed, not in response to the various ETC discounted
rates. However, the dealer installed option on this machine
If you are connected to the navigation interlocking ETC system, you may be guided
discount rates for voice.
(
P72)

Root induction and Information


Page 76

76
CRA4803-A <76>
Operations and functions in the route guidance
Operations that can be performed while route guidance, we'll explain the various
functions.
Self when you are out from the root
Dynamically to re-explore the route
If you have deviated from the route in assistance, automatically
Re-searching the route (auto re-route).
Memo

Driver intentionally whether out of the route, road


The judgment is made as to whether or not inside of a mistake, re-probe all routes
Do the search or return route re-search (Intel
Li stringent reroute).

The new route, depending on the situation


I suggest
When a new route is found, "a new candidate
Flow route is found, "and voice guidance
Is, we propose a new route in accordance with the situation
You.
Memo
If the guide land near or guide land is continuous, the machine
There are times when it does not function.
New candidate route, required at the time than the original route
Or between routes that distance increases, it is presented
There is a thing.

Impassable occurred on the route


Case
If the closure occurs on the route,
Since the closure occurs on the "root, new
Will guide you in the root, "said the voice guidance and screen display
the difference is, it will be a guide of the new route only. Confirmation
Please Touch the (closed to traffic consideration auto
Reroute).
When operating in the slide:
Roadblock guide, it will check the slide operation
Thing I can. Method of operation slide Nitsu
Information,
"Slide operation" ( P22)
The visit Kedah
Sai.
slide
Check the closure assistance, new
It will guide you in the root.
Page 77

77
Root

CRA4803-A <77>
To guide the traffic jam information on the route
Let
Congestion and regulatory information of VICS that occurred on the route
And it can be guided by the distribution maps and audio
You.
Memo
It will not work, such as when the VICS information can not be obtained
There is a thing.
In the speech, for example, "approximately 3 km away, 1 km of the congestion
But it will have occurred. About 5 minutes to pass takes or
Vinegar. "And it will be guided.

Congestion auto guide


Automatically sounds the congestion information that was generated on the route
It will guide you in the voice.
Memo
Congestion auto guide, I can ON / OFF.
"machine
To the function setting "(P101)
If the root in the guidance does not exist, the guide Salema
To do.

Congestion check
Congestion When you touch, can be generated on the route
Check the congestion information that are in the map display and voice guidance
You can be.

Memo
Congestion Each time you touch, of up to 5 locations destination
You can be guided in order to information.
If the root in guidance is not, and regulation of the area surrounding the vehicle
Only it will display and guide the information.

Route Information
Operation of
The sliding operation of the route information
Then, you can view the following information areas, the guide table

You can cancel the shows. Slide


For information about how to operate,
"Slide operation" (
P22)
Please visit.
Route Information
slide
It will release a guidance display.
slide
It will display the following information areas.
Memo
If you want to redisplay the guidance display,
Standing in
You Ji.

Operations and functions in the route guidance


Page 78

78
CRA4803-A <78>
One
Press the (menu), root ed
Collection touch the

Edit menu screen of the route will be displayed.


Root erasing to clear the route in guidance
I can.
( P79)
Root professional
Feel
confirming the set route
I can.
( P78)
Detailed route
Setting
Such as stop-off land of add, and detail the route
You can set in.
(
P78)
The stop-off areas Feed you stop by registered stop-off place
such as when required is gone, and the stop-off

As already passed through the earth, the root


You can re-search.
(
P79)
Demonstration run
Route from the starting point to destination
It was allowed to pseudo-run, and verify the route
You can.
( P79)
Check the route profile
Make
Operation method,
"To explore the root" - "Root
Check in profile "( P65)
Similar to
It is.
Re-probe the route by changing the conditions
To search
And changing the search conditions of the route in guidance temporarily
Te, it will be able to re-search. However,
Pass pre-stop-off land, and re-explore the route
It does not take into account also.
"Stop-off area designation", "getting on and off IC designation", "starting point finger
Method of operation of the constant "is,
"To explore the root" - "more
To fine Routing "( P66)
This is the same as for.
One
Details Routing - route again
Search it touches the
Edit a route
Check the set route, a stop-off areas and the departure point, you can specify things
such as getting on and off IC, Lou
You can edit the door.
Memo
Route check and stop-off areas and the departure point of the route profile, the
designation of getting on and off IC, route guidance start screen
(
P63)
You can do even.

Page 79

79
Root
CRA4803-A <79>
Two
Change the search conditions search
Start I want to touch on
Memo
Change of the search condition is temporary, function
Setting
( P101)
It will not be reflected in the.

You want to clear the route


One
Root erasing it will touch on
( P78)
Two
Yes I want to touch on

Route will be erased.


Memo
It is not possible to undo the Erase route.

Postpone the stop-off place


One
Stop-off place Feed touch the
( P78)

In already passed through the next stop-off location, route


It is searched.
Check in the demonstration run
One
Demonstration run I want to touch on
( P78)

Memo
During the demonstration run is, on the right side of the screen during the
demonstration is displayed
You. When you touch, the confirmation of the demo running end message

Message appears. If you want to end Yes


It will touch on.
During the demonstration run, the root Edit menu
( P78)
The demonstration run end appears. Touch
You can end the demonstration run with.
Demonstration run is repeatedly performed until to the end
You.

Edit a route
Page 80

80
CRA4803-A <80>
You want to clear the route
If you want to cancel the route guidance and clear the route that you have set.
Memo
You can also be erased from the root Edit menu.
( P78)

One
Press (menu), root consumption
is removed by touching the
Two
Yes I want to touch on

Root in guidance will be erased.


Memo
It is not possible to undo the Erase route.

Page 81

81
Registration and editing operation
CRA4803-A <81>
You want to register the location
You can register in advance want to place that in mind, such as a home or friend's
home, Misao, such as Routing
Work easier.

Memo
You can register up to 1 001 points, including the home.
You can save the registered location information to the SD card, the data of the
registered location from the SD card, you can read into this machine
You can be.
"migrate the registered location"
(P85)
Registered location names and marks it will be able to change.
"edit the contents registered in the registration area."
(P83)

You want to register the location


Register the place visited by Looking place and drive
If you leave, I watched the next time you go there
You can explore the route to do.
In addition, automatically sound when approaching to the registered location
You can also play the.
One
Location Find ( P55)

Shortcut eye on Looking location map


New appears.
Two
To register here to touch on
Memo
While driving, procedure
Two
Salema point after the operation registration
Vinegar. Procedure
Three
It does not appear on the screen.

Three
Touch to choose how to register
Four
Input end it will touch on
Memo
Such as the facility of calling in the genre list Search
If you want to register, and data on the telephone number to the facility

If there is, automatically the number is registered.


Procedure
Four
It can be used to change the name to be registered in
Vinegar.
"character input operation."
(P30)

Page 82

82
CRA4803-A <82>
For registration method to choose
Registration method
Registration contents
In "search facility name"
To register
"Looking for the location of the facility
Name "
Sign up for "individual place name."
Make
"Place name of looking for places"
Registered in the "home"
"Home"
Registered in the "Company"
The company
I want to register in the "home"
"Home"
To be registered in the "friend's house" "friend's house"
In "Grandpa's house"
To register
"Grandpa's house."
In "Grandma's House"
To register
"Grandma's House"
In the "uncle's house"
To register
"Uncle's house"
In "Aunt's house"
To register

"Aunt's house."
I want to register in the "countryside"
"Countryside"
To register in the "hometown" "hometown"
It is registered with "her home" "her home"
To register in the "boyfriend's house" "boyfriend's house."
To register it with a name and a name of your choice
It is registered Te
Can you.
You want to register the location
Page 83

83
Registration and editing operation
CRA4803-A <83>
One
Press (menu), set-ed
Collection - the navigation data editing and touch
Make
Two
Registered location edit touch the

Of registered land Edit menu screen is displayed


You.
Edit
Edit content that has been set at the time of registration
You can be.
( P83)
Erasure
It can be used to erase the registered location
Vinegar.
( P84)
Erase all
It will erase all of the registered location.
( P84)
Registration land transition By setting a password,
It has saved the registered location to SD card
Ri, registered location data on the SD card
Let read the to Navi body
Thing I can.
( P85)

Edit the contents registered in the registration area


Make
One
Edit Touch to ( P83)
Two
To the point where you want to edit the registered contents
Touch
Memo
Sort When you touch, the following pop-Up menu appears. Li Touch
You can sort the list.
Call chronological order by date and time of registration or call
Arranged you instead of the.
From the vehicle position
Close order
The exchange arranged in order of proximity from the vehicle position
For example you.
2D mark the order I sort by mark.

Three
Touch the item you want to change
Name
And 20 the name you want to change in the full-size
Character to (20 characters in single-byte)
You can enter
Edit a registered location
Information about the registered location (name, telephone number, marks, sound
effects, position) to change the
You can.
Page 84

84
CRA4803-A <84>
Phone number
Enter the phone number. Power
If you set the story number, power
Search the place from story number
It will be able to. Or
Was, and if you connect the mobile phone
If, pieces of the phone in its place
Will.

2D mark
Registration area, which is displayed on the map
It will change the 2D mark.
Sound effect
The ringing when it approached the registration area
You can set the lath sound effects.
Position correction
It will correct the position of the registration area.
Four
End it will touch on

It will return to the map screen.


The name of the registered location on the map
To display
2D mark on the list
If you select the mark,
Even on the map the name of the registered location in addition to the mark
It appears in the (private mapping).

Private mapping
Sound sound effects how
From the setting of the sound effect has been registered location is the vehicle
Effect sounds and approaches within about 500 m
You.
Registration area is more than from the vehicle within about 500 m
In some cases, the effect sounds from close
You.
Or once the sound effect is heard, after 30 minutes
That it is not cycled the power of the machine (engine
It is not re over and) sound effect does not sound.
Than the registered location sound effects, route, and the VICS
Voice guidance takes precedence.
Erase the registered location
One
Clear Touch to ( P83)
Memo
Erase All When you touch,
P85
Procedure
Four
The confirmation screen

View and erase all the registered land the plane.

Two
Touch the registered location you want to erase

In the selected registered location, and (check mark)


It is attached is, you can choose continue.
Select All
All of the registered location is selected.
CANCEL
The registration land all that has been selected
To release.

Edit a registered location


Page 85

85
Registration and editing operation
CRA4803-A <85>
Memo
Sort When you touch, the following pop-Up menu appears. Difference Touch
Ido menu appears.
Call date and time the order of sorting the list to call chronological order
You.
From the vehicle position
Close order
In order to close the list from the vehicle position
Sort.
2D mark the order I sort by type of mark.

Three
Erasing I will touch on

A confirmation message is displayed.


Four
Yes I want to touch on

Registration area will be erased.


Migrate the registered location
One
Registered land transition it will touch on
( P83)

Registered location migration menu screen is displayed.


Save memory
Card
The SD registered land that was registered on the machine
It will save the card.
( P85)
Read menu
Molly Card
Tow and stored on the SD card
It will not read the recording area to the unit.
( P86)
Password
Setting
Save of registration land, used at the time of reading
You set a password to use.
( P85)
Password
Initialization
the set password is initialized
You.
( P86)
Set a password
To do save and read of registered land, the path
Word setting is required.
One
Password setting touch the
( P85)
Two
Enter the password input end
It will touch on
Memo
You can enter a password, up to 4-digit half-width number
It is.

For confirmation again, the password entry screen


It will be displayed.
Three
Procedure
Two
Password you enter in
Enter the input end to touch
Make

Password is set.
You want to save the registered location
One
Save memory card to be touch
That ( P85)
Two
Enter the password input end
It will touch on
Edit a registered location
Page 86

86
CRA4803-A <86>
Three
Yes I want to touch on

It will save the registration area to the SD card.


Memo
Already registered location is stored in the SD card
If Yes it is registered on the machine when you touch the
You'll Save the registration areas that are. Cancellation
If no Please Touch.
Save collectively the registration area, home of the data of all matter content
In it will save.
Registered location you want to save to SD card, access date and time
It will save in the order.

During the registration area to save it, or the power of the machine to OFF,
Please do not remove the SD card.

Read the registration area


One
Read memory card standing in
Chisuru ( P85)
Two
Enter the password input end
It will touch on
Three
Yes I want to touch on

You will read the registration area.


Memo
If you already registered location is stored in the machine
Yes it is registered in the SD card when you touch the
You'll Save the registration areas that are. Cancellation
If no Please Touch.
If you normally read has been made to this equipment, SD
Registered location of the card will be erased.
The registered land matter of this unit while reading from the SD card
If the number has reached the maximum number of registerable, its effect
To display the message, more reading row
No.

During the registration area reading is, the power of the machine is turned OFF
Or, please do not remove the SD card.

Initialize the password


One
Password initialization touch the
( P85)
Two
Yes I want to touch on

Password is initialized.
Memo
When performing the initialization of the password at the same time the
All aircraft registered destinations will be erased. To initialize
That case, to save the registration area in advance to the SD card
(

P85)
It is recommended that you.

Edit a registered location


Page 87

87
Registration and editing operation
CRA4803-A <87>
You want to clear the search history
If you find a place, where you were looking for automatically detected
It will be stored until the 300 cases as search history
You.
It is possible to clear the search history in the next step
You.
One
Press (menu), set-ed
Collection - the navigation data editing and touch
Make
Two
Search history erasing it will touch on
Three
Touch the search history you want to erase
Make

In the selected search history, and (check mark)


It is attached is, you can choose continue.
All selection all search history will be selected.
Full release search history all that has been selected
To release. Or you want to release inspection
You can release even choose search history.
Four
Erasing I will touch on

A confirmation message is displayed.


Five
Yes I want to touch on

The selected search history is cleared.


Erase the learning contents of the root
Make

This unit, has been learning the road to be used well,


Preferentially use the road that has been learned during the route search
To you.
"learning route search" (P69)
such as when you change the way better to use, and learn
Do the re-learning to erase the route.
Memo
Since all of the learning route will be erased your Note
Please attention.

One
Press (menu), set-ed
Collection - the navigation data editing and touch
Make
Two
Learning route erasing I will touch on

A confirmation message is displayed.


Three
Yes I want to touch on

Learning route will be erased.


You want to edit other data
You can erase the data of the various functions that are stored in the machine.
Page 88

88
CRA4803-A <88>
It wants to erase the traveling locus
It erases the running locus are displayed on the map screen
Thing I can.
Memo
It can also be automatically erase the traveling locus
Vinegar.
"function to the setting"
(P101)

One
Press (menu), set-ed
Collection - the navigation data editing and touch
Make

Two
Traveling locus erasing I will touch on

A confirmation message is displayed.


Three
Yes I want to touch on

Travel track will be erased.


You want to edit other data
Page 89

89
CRA4803-A <89>
Use of various types of information
Use the FM-VICS information
It receives the FM-VICS information (provided from the VICS Center) in the vehiclemounted antenna, congestion information
You can check, etc. and regulatory information.
The VICS information
VICS (V ehicle I nformation &
Communication System: road traffic
The information communication system), the latest traffic information
Communication system for communicating to the driver
It is.
Upon receiving the VICS information, congestion and accidents, traffic
The land of navigation for the latest information, such as the regulation
You can be displayed on the diagram. In addition, simple ground
It can also be seen in FIG illustrations and character.
Display form of VICS information
The VICS information, from Level 1 Level 3 or
There are three types of display mode in. Dry
Bar is provided from the VICS center, next
You can take advantage of a road traffic information such as.
traffic congestion information (including favorable information)
travel time information traffic failure information
traffic control information parking information
Level 3: Map
Road traffic information to navigation on the map
It will be displayed directly.
Level 2: Simple graphic
Road traffic information in such a simple map illustrations

Broadcast will appear.


Level 1: Character
Road traffic information is displayed in character.
Memo
By the information provider side of the problem, garbled and the net
Error message is displayed, such as a work disorder
It might be.

Page 90

Ninety
Use the FM-VICS information
CRA4803-A <90>
See VICS information on the map
In the display mode of the level 3 (map), the road traffic information received from
the VICS center, road congestion
It will be displayed on the map in the paint and VICS information mark.
Display on the toll road
Congestion
Blue border in red
Congestion
Blue border to orange
Favorable
Blue border on bright blue
Regulation interval display
Yellow to black edging
Inlet closing, closed to traffic black
Display to the general road
Congestion
White border in red
Congestion
White border to orange
Favorable
White edging in bright blue
Black edging to regulation interval display yellow
Road closed
Black
Memo
The power of the camera to ON VICS information received from you (the engine ON)
to is displayed, the time it takes
There is a thing.

When the broadcast of the area you want can not be received, please switch the
broadcasting stations.
"select the station."
(P93)
VICS information provision time display is the time at which the most recent data has
been provided.
Congestion When you touch, not during the route guidance information of congestion
and regulation of root on the front, under route guidance place
If you inform the regulatory information regarding the vicinity of the vehicle in the
map display and text information and voice guidance.
( P91)

Providing VICS level 3 information


Time display
F
The VICS information provision time by FM multiplex broadcasting
State of less than 5 minutes after receiving the information orange
Less than 30 minutes after 5 minutes or more from the reception of the blue
information
state the
-: - It does not receive the information, or after receiving 30 minutes
Elapsed state (at the start of reception, or information more
Place but a lapse of 30 minutes or more is no longer able to receive
If, VICS information is erased. )
Page 91

91
Use the FM-VICS information
Use of various types of information
CRA4803-A <91>
Kind of VICS mark
The VICS information, mark, such as the following also map
It appears in the above.
Large closures
Disabled car
Work
Street disorder
Chain regulation

Freeze
Wrong way
Entrance limit
Closed to traffic, closed
Accident
Under construction
Inlet closing
One side alternating traffic
Face-to-face way
Lane regulation
Crawl
Speed limit (number speed limit)
Event
Weather
Fire
Disaster
No cause
Parking closed
Parking (free: blue, congestion: orange, full car: red, unknown: black)
The contents of the "VICS level 3 information provision time display"
Table VICS information provision time by FM multiplex broadcasting
It is shown.
When it takes a long time to display the offer time
We're going to check the reception sensitivity of the broadcast station being received
Sai.
"select the station."
(P93)
The traveling the area where two broadcasting areas overlap
When it is the
This machine, VICS information (road painted information around You are here
Broadcast) and another area (such as neighboring prefectures)
It is possible to display VICS information at the same time
You. Thus, the broadcasting areas such as border
Even if you are traveling the region overlapping and view information needed
Rukoto I can.
Automatic display of emergency information
When receiving the emergency information, automatically them
Contents will be displayed.
To guide the traffic jam information on the route
Let
Congestion and regulatory information of VICS that occurred on the route

It is used to guide the distribution in character display or voice


Can you.
Memo
It does not work, such as when the VICS information can not be obtained
Connections may not.
In the speech, for example, "approximately 3 km away, 1 km of the congestion
But it will have occurred. About 5 minutes to pass takes or
Vinegar. "And it will be guided.

Congestion auto guide


Automatically sounds the congestion information that was generated on the route
It will guide you in the voice.
Memo
Congestion auto guide, I can ON / OFF.
"machine
It makes the function settings "
(P101)
If the root in the guidance does not exist, the guide Salema
To do.

Congestion check
Congestion When you touch, can be generated on the route
traffic information map display and text information and who are
It can be confirmed by voice guidance.

Page 92

92
Use the FM-VICS information
CRA4803-A <92>
Memo
Congestion Each time you touch, the astringency of up to five locations destination
To the place residence you can be guided by the order.
If the root in guidance is not, and regulation of the area surrounding the vehicle
Only it will display and guide the information.

The characters and graphics information of VICS


To see

To display the VICS information of the characters and figures


I can.
One
(Menu) Press, information on
Touch
Two
Congestion information I want to touch on
Three
Touch the information you want to display
Graphic information
Level wide area information of 2 (simple shapes)
It will display boric.
Character information
Wide-area information of level 1 (letter)
Displays.
Center information and table information from the VICS Center
It shows you.
Four
Touch the number of the look you want information
The information number displayed on the menu
INTRODUCTION choose the number. Such as congestion and traffic regulations
Information is displayed on.

Memo
When all of the information screen consists of multiple pages,
< , > If you touch, you send the page.
Top / final When you touch, the first page / top
Final page is displayed.
When all the information has not been acquired, and the current
The first page of the information that is standing acquisition, or the top
Final page is displayed.
Table of Contents When you touch, to return to the VICS menu
You.
Tuning When you touch, the broadcasting stations of FM multiplex broadcasting
You can choose.
"select the station."
(P93)

Page 93

93
Use the FM-VICS information
Use of various types of information
CRA4803-A <93>
Select the station
When receiving the VICS information from FM multiplex broadcasting
Are, you choose a good broadcaster the most receiving sensitivity.
One
(Menu) Press, information on
Touch
Two
Congestion information I want to touch on
Three
Broadcasting station selection it will touch on
Four
Touch the way to find a broadcast station
Auto
The VICS broadcast stations, depending on the vehicle position
It will be automatically selected.
List
Choose from the broadcast station list.
Seek
+ , - Touch, own frequency
We will do the dynamic tuning. Received
Toko which receives the signals broadcast stations
It will stop in a furnace.
For confirmation of the reception state of the broadcast station
The congestion information screen, broadcasting station name being received, Zhou
Wave number, such as the reception status is displayed.
Reception status display
Tuning method
(Auto / list / seek)
Reception status display, if the reception sensitivity is high
"High", when the reception sensitivity is low, "Low"
It will be displayed.
Page 94

94
CRA4803-A <94>

Use the ETC information


When you connect the navigation interlocking ETC system of dealer installed option
on this machine, ETC car
You can look at the registration information of the stored history information and
ETC board equipment to the soil, a guide at the time of ETC use
Setting of I can.
One
Press (menu), information ETC I touch the

ETC menu appears.


ETC use history to display the usage history of ETC card
To you.
( P94)
ETC registration information to display the registration information of the ETC card
To you.
( P94)
ETC setting
Guidance and warning sound at the time of ETC use
You will perform the settings such as.
(
P95)
Memo
ETC usage history is, ETC card in ETC-board unit
There can not be selected has not been inserted.

You want to display the ETC usage history


One
ETC usage history I want to touch on
( P94)

Memo
Table from the usage history is a new one until the maximum of 100
It is shown.
When getting on and off the interchange name is unknown,
Appears interchange number.
If you display the history in the vicinity of the ETC gate, roadside
You may not be able to communicate with the wireless device.

You want to display the ETC registration information


One
ETC registration information I want to touch on
( P94)

Page 95

95
Use of various types of information
CRA4803-A <95>
Do ETC setting
One
ETC setting touch the
( P94)
Two
Touch the item you want to set,
ON or OFF touch the
ETC interrupt
Display
When utilizing the ETC, to use
The vinegar interrupt display of such fee
Performs Rukashi not of settings
You.
ETC voice guidance when using the ETC, to use
You can either voice guidance such as fee
We will do some setting not.
ACC on time
Alarm display
The engine switch or LOCK
When the Luo ACC, and ETC car
Displays such as soil anomaly on the screen
Performs Rukashi not of settings
You.
ACC on time
Warning voice guidance
The engine switch or LOCK
When the Luo ACC, and ETC car
And it is guided soil anomaly, and more at voice
Performs Rukashi not of settings
You.
Card Without forgetting

It is warning
Whether the engine switch ACC
When the Luo LOCK, and ETC
Notice the forgetting to pull out of the card
It is carried out either by not or set
You.
Use the ETC information
Page 96

96
CRA4803-A <96>
Make use of vehicle maintenance
If you set the update time, such as time to replace the car of consumables, replacement
or renewal
You can display a message to let you know that it is approaching.
The vehicle maintenance, the following consumables there
It has been Luo advance setting.
If necessary, by using "any input 1-5 '
You can be arbitrarily set the consumables.
Consumable items
Engine oil change, oil filter
Replacement, tire rotation, tire exchange
Conversion, air cleaner, brake pad exchange
Conversion, V belts, cooling water (LLC) exchange, Bradenton
Fluid on the exchange, ATF exchange, any input 1,
Any input 2, any input 3, any input 4, responsibility
NOTES input 5
Memo
Items of consumable is to set in bulk from the SD
I can also. For more information and contact your dealer
Please

One
Press (menu), information Maintenance you want to touch on

Maintenance menu appears.


Item Settings
Notice of time to replace the consumables
The setting from the travel distance and duration of use
You can set.

( P96)
Advanced Setting
Automatic communication announcements of replacement time
One of the settings and set not either knowledge
It erases all of the constant field contents, all update
It will perform the.
( P97)
The exchange time, such as consumables
Set
One
Item setting touch the
( P96)
Two
Touch to select the item
Memo
The check mark in the already items that are Announcement
Click marked with.
Any input 1-5 When you select the item name of the menu
You can be set by manually input.

Three
Announcement distance or notice
Day I touch the
Example: engine oil exchange
Notice distance inform the mileage (km)
Sets by entering the.
Announcement Date
Enter the date to inform
Set you.
Update
Update to the latest setting.
Setting clear
Is all set to unset state
You.
Page 97

97
Use of various types of information
CRA4803-A <97>

After setting each item, the end or back standing in


When you switch step 3 to return to the screen.
Memo
Update , the notification distance or announcement date is
You can choose to be set.
Update of announcement date, the day you set the Announcement Date
And, the update interval from the date it was scheduled to be announced
Decide on a monthly basis, its update interval on the day that you made the update
The Sets plus.
Example: If you set the notification date after 4 months
1/1 (set date) 6/1 (Updated)
5/1 (Announcement Date)

10/1 (Announcement Date)

To Advanced
One
Advanced I want to touch on
( P96)
Two
It is set to select the item
Automatic notification settings and your knowledge of the exchange time to the unit
startup
Setting of whether or not to the racemate
That you will perform.
Setting Erase All
The setting was to inform the timing of items
It will erase all.
Automatic all update
Announcements time has passed item
All I will update.
Notice confirmation screen
It is to date you set the vehicle maintenance
And, the power of the machine ON (ON the engine)
Then, following announcement of the message
There will be displayed.
Memo
Bulletins are not displayed next to
When you touch, it does not appear until the next due date
Masu no longer. To display the next time you touch to,

It will be displayed every time until you update to the next due date.
To update to the next due date,
P96
Procedure
Three
Screen
In update it will touch on.

Make use of vehicle maintenance


Page 98

98
CRA4803-A <98>
Find the serial number
It is used to check the serial number of the machine
You can.
One
Press (menu), information System information I want to touch on

The serial number is displayed.


See the sensor learning situation
You can check the learning status of the sensor.
One
Press (menu), information System information I want to touch on
Two
Sensor learning situation it will touch on

Sensor learning
The current learning state ("3D hybrid mode"
Or "in the sensor initial learning") is displayed
You.
Trip meter / vehicle speed pulse number
Current number of trips the unit is aware, pulse
The number will be displayed.
Memo
Trip meter or vehicle speed pulse number standing in
To reset the number that has been accumulated when you switch
I can.

Sensor learning When you touch, utilize the sensor


It can be set. For more information,
"Sensor reset
About "
( P213)
Please visit.

Before and after G / tachometer


Currently bar strength of the front and rear G that this unit is recognized
In, the rotational speed of the left and right will be displayed in fan.
Inclinometer
The top and bottom of the slope that is recognized by this machine is road
It is expressed in the slope.
Distance / azimuth / inclination learning level of (3D)
With respect to distance and direction (rotation of the left-right direction), tilt,
Whether the display of how learning results have been accumulated
Will. When the bar reaches the right end, the degree of learning
It represents that it is a bur highest.
Confirmation of traveling state always passenger performs, driver
Please dedicated to driving.

Use of other information


You can look at the information on the various functions of this machine, you can use.
Page 99

99
Use of various types of information
CRA4803-A <99>
Memo
Learning degree and the trip meter, vehicle speed pulse number
Failure of this unit, due to repair, it is clear
There is a thing. In addition, depending on the state of the machine,
There may not be accumulated.
Sensor in a state of un-learning, and other than the number of pulses
Display does not have a meaning.
Even the power of this unit to the OFF (OFF the engine),
Trip meter and the vehicle speed pulse number is integrated
You might want.
When the inclination (3D) learning level does not appear, vehicle speed
Pulse is not properly counted. Car

that fast signal input is not connected correctly


I thought you. Please consult your dealer.

You want to check the connection status


Each device connection status, and check and signal of state
You can.
One
Press (menu), information System information I want to touch on
Two
Connection state it will touch on

Memo
<Previous page / next page> in from switching the screen
Will.
Display case and a "measurement impossible" it does not appear correctly
If it is, please consult your dealer.

GPS antenna
Of GPS antenna connection status is displayed.
When it is properly connected, "OK", it is connected
If not it will be displayed as "not connected". Its
Antenna of the illustrations that are displayed on the right side of the
You can check the reception status of the GPS antenna.
2 in a location with good radio waves received easy to view
This more than bar is good if it is displayed.
To the right, the current positioning state (three-dimensional positioning
The number of / 2-dimensional positioning / Not positioning) and the satellite being
received
There will be displayed. Satellite mark of orange in the positioning
The number of satellites being used, the yellow satellites mark
It shows the number of satellites in the capture. Three or more of Mamoru
Upon receiving the radio waves of the star can be positioning You are here
It will be. For more information about positioning
"In GPS
Positioning Night "
( P204)

Please visit.
Vehicle speed pulse
Currently the number of vehicle speed pulses that the unit is recognized
It will be displayed. "0" is displayed when parked
It is. When driving the vehicle, in response to the speed
Te to the dial tone of "beep", along with the numbers
Bar display will change.
Confirmation of the vehicle speed pulse, in a safe place, slow
Please go (about 5 km / h).
Mounting position
Installation status is displayed on this unit. A while
Please check from traveling. Correctly set
When it is location is displayed as "OK".
"Vibration out of tolerance" or "mounting angle allowable range
"and when it is displayed, your dealer
Give me.
Use of other information
Page 100

Hundred
CRA4803-A <100>
Back signal
Connection state of the back signal input is displayed.
The shift lever to "R"
It will be the position of the (reverse)
And the display is put changed over of "HIGH" and "LOW" or
Vinegar. Shifutore while stepping on the brake pedal
And make sure that you operate the bar, it is displayed correctly
Please be. This connection, car forward / reverse
It is intended to determine.
It is possible to correctly detect the forward and backward that it is not connected
Because there may be no, the vehicle position is deviated
There is a case. In addition, Bakkumoni optional
When connected to ter the shift lever
The even when the position of "R" (reverse) and automatic
This switching to the back of the video monitor to
Door can not.
Parking brake
Parking brake status is displayed.
When the parking brake is being applied
"ON", the display "OFF" when it is released

It is. Per while stepping on the brake pedal


And operating the parking brake, it displays correctly
Please make sure that.
Illumination
State Illuminator power is displayed. Car of the scan
When the mall light is lit and "ON",
When you're off it will be displayed as "OFF".
Power-supply voltage
And it is supplied to the unit from the car battery
The power supply voltage is displayed. It is multiplied by the engine
Normal if it is in range of 11V~15 V in the state
It is. In addition, an error of about 0.5 V at most
Some reason, this display is a reference value.
Bluetooth devices 1-3
Connection with the Bluetooth device (pairing) state
There will be displayed. Properly connected (pairing)
The device of device connected when it is
Path name, BD address, the profile name is displayed
Is, Table "No connection" if not connected
It is shown. A displayed in the right
Container of illustration this unit and Bluetooth device
You can check the radio wave strength between.
To check the radio wave strength, the Bluetooth setting
At a constant, and Wai this unit and Bluetooth device
The Yaresu you need to connect. In detail
The
"Registering a Bluetooth device" ( P107)
Please visit.
ETC unit
Navi linkage ETC system (dealer installed option
Connection state of emissions) is displayed. Always set
Please check from up. Correctly contact
If it is continued to "OK", it is not installed connected
If you have "unconnected", if an error occurs
You will receive an error number.
Vehicle unit number
Navi linkage ETC system (dealer installed option
If the emissions) is connected, the vehicle-mounted device management number
There will be displayed.
Card expiration date
Navi linkage ETC system (dealer installed option

Expiration date a table of ETC card inserted into the down)


It is shown.
Check the data version
Map data and search it has been recorded in this unit
It is possible to determine the version of the data
You.
One
(Menu) Press, information on
Touch
Two
Data version display standing in
Chisuru

The data version is displayed.


Three
Sure touch the
Use of other information
Page 101

101
CRA4803-A <101>
Setting of navigation
Make the function settings
By changing the setting in accordance with the application and preferences, and easy
to use navigation
You can be.
Setting items of navigation, it has been classified into the following three menus for
each function.
Display map
( P102)
Route guidance
( P103)
congestion information
( P105)
One
Press (menu), set-ed
Collection touch the
Two
Navigation function setting Touch to
Three
Touch the item you want to change the settings

Make
Memo
When you touch the classification tab, squirrel from the beginning of the function
It can be used to display the door.

Four
I want to touch on the setting

The settings are changed. Still set


You can change and select the item.
Five
If you want to exit the setting, the end to
Touch
Page 102

102
Make the function settings
CRA4803-A <102>
Setting details
Map display
* Is the factory default settings.
Auto highway map
"ON"
*
Automatically you want to highway mode.
"OFF"
Automatically and does not in highway mode.
City map
"ON"
*
Street map is displayed.
"OFF"
It appears normal map.
City map boundary display
1
"ON"
It will display the boundaries of the city map on the screen.
"OFF"
*
Without displaying the boundaries of the city map on the screen, you can switch to the
normal screen.

Map color switching


"Time Integration"
Color scheme of the screen will switch at sunset / sunrise time work.
"Illuminating linkage"
*
Color scheme of the screen will switch in the ON / OFF of small lights.
"Daytime color fixed"
It remains always daytime screen.
Traveling locus display
"ON"
*
Travel locus is displayed.
"OFF"
Traveling locus does not appear.
Traveling locus auto-erase
"Near home"
Turn off the power of this unit at a point within about 100 m from where it was
registered at home
That it (turn off the engine), the travel locus is erased automatically.
"When the power is off."
That the travel locus turn off the power of this machine (turn off the engine) is erased
automatically
You.
"OFF"
*
Traveling locus does not automatically erased.
2D (normal view) fixed scroll
"ON"
During scrolling, secure the screen to normal view.
"OFF"
*
During scrolling, and does not fix the screen to normal view.
Display of current location information
"City name"
*
You are here will be displayed in a city name.
"Traveling road name"
You are here will be displayed in a traveling road name. (Municipal if there is no
street name
Village name is displayed. )
"Latitude and longitude"

You are here will be displayed in latitude and longitude.


Easy destination button display
"ON"
*
Easy destination search touch key is displayed.
"OFF"
Easy destination search touch key will not be displayed.
1 This function City map can be set only when "ON".
Page 103

103
Make the function settings
Setting of navigation
CRA4803-A <103>
Route guidance
* Is the factory default settings.
Root search criteria
"Recommended"
*
The number of traffic signals is small, even moderate as easy to route the search
amount of right or left turn
It is.
"Distance priority"
Distance in preference are searched route.
"Mains priority"
The main road in preference route is searched.
Toll road use conditions
"Standard"
*
Toll road is the route search with standard criteria.
"Avoiding"
Route that avoids toll roads is searched.
Ferry route use conditions
"Standard"
*
Ferry route is the route search with standard criteria.
"Priority"
Is the route search the ferry route preferentially.
"Avoiding"
Route that avoids the ferry route is searched.
Learning route search

"ON"
*
Consider the learned routes.
"OFF"
It does not consider the learned routes.
Congestion consideration route search
"ON"
*
Route in consideration of traffic information will have been searched.
"OFF"
Congestion information is not taken into account.
Smart IC consideration route search
12
"ON"
Route to use the smart IC is searched.
"OFF"
*
Routes that do not utilize smart IC is searched.
Way, estimated arrival time display
"Destination"
*
It is displayed distance and estimated arrival time to the destination.
"Stop-off place"
It is displayed distance and estimated arrival time to the next stop-off land.
Estimated arrival time rate (general road)
"20 km / h"
Estimated arrival time is calculated as the average speed of 20 km / h.
"30 km / h"
*
Estimated arrival time is calculated as the average speed of 30 km / h.
"40 km / h"
Estimated arrival time is calculated as the average speed of 40 km / h.
"50 km / h"
Estimated arrival time is calculated as the average speed of 50 km / h.
"60 km / h"
Estimated arrival time is calculated as the average speed of 60 km / h.
Estimated arrival time speed (surcharge road)
"60 km / h"
Estimated arrival time is calculated as the average speed of 60 km / h.
"80 km / h"
*

Estimated arrival time is calculated as the average speed of 80 km / h.


"100 km / h"
Estimated arrival time is calculated as the average speed of 100 km / h.
Intersection guidance display
"Arrow Guide"
*
Distance (numerical and arrows) and the information of the intersection name is
highlighted is displayed to the guide land
Will.
"Enlarged view"
Planar intersection enlarged view is displayed.
Page 104

104
Make the function settings
CRA4803-A <104>
ETC lane guidance display
3
"ON"
*
ETC lane guidance in the vicinity of the toll of the toll road will be displayed.
"OFF"
ETC lane guide will not be displayed.
General road simple guide
"ON"
It is the voice guidance at the time of root induction simple.
"OFF"
*
It does not perform a simple guide.
Signal Just Us
"ON"
*
It will do the traffic lights just assistance.
"OFF"
It does not signal a machine just assistance.
Interrupt to the AV screen
"ON"
*
It will interrupt display such as intersection guide map even during the AV screen
display.
"OFF"

During AV screen display, it does not interrupt display and intersection guide map.
Toll road attention point-border guidance
"ON"
*
It is guided.
"OFF"
Not being guided.
Railroad crossing guidance
"ON"
*
It is guided.
"OFF"
Not being guided.
Refresh guidance
"ON"
*
It is guided.
"OFF"
Not being guided.
Heart full voice
4
"ON"
*
It will guide you by voice today's date at the time of the first start-up of the day.
"OFF"
It is not guided by voice today's date.
Light lighting guidance
"ON"
*
It is guided.
"OFF"
Not being guided.
e start guidance
"ON"
*
It is guided.
"OFF"
Not being guided.
Congestion auto guide
"ON"
*

Congestion information on the route will be voice guidance automatically.


"OFF"
Congestion information on the route does not automatically be the voice guidance.
Narrow street guidance
"ON"
*
It is guided.
"OFF"
Not being guided.
1 is a function that can only be set when not in route guidance.
It becomes automatically to "ON" when the "ETC mounting state setting" of 2
QUICK SETUP is "is attached to the car."
You will automatically when in the "not attached to the car" or "OFF".
If you do "ETC mounting state setting" of 3 QUICK SETUP, it will automatically
to "ON".
4 December 24 - December 25 with "Merry Christmas" and "January 1 - January
3" is "Happy New Year",
Audio is played before the date assistance.
Page 105

105
Make the function settings
Setting of navigation
CRA4803-A <105>
Congestion information
* Is the factory default settings.
Congestion information display object road
"Toll road and general road"
*
Congestion information of the toll road and general road appears.
"Toll road only"
Only congestion information of the toll road will be displayed.
"General road only"
Only congestion information of the general road is displayed.
"Do not show"
Congestion information is not displayed.
Congestion information display
1
"ON"
*

It appears road fill.


"OFF"
It does not appear the way painted.
Steady display
2
"ON"
Based on the traffic jam information, traffic is smooth road appears road fill.
"OFF"
*
Steady display is not.
Regulatory display
1
"ON"
*
Congestion information mark and regulatory sections of the traffic regulation will be
displayed.
"OFF"
Congestion information mark and regulatory sections of the traffic regulations does
not appear.
Parking mark display
1
"ON"
*
Congestion information mark of parking will be displayed.
"OFF"
Congestion information mark of the parking lot will not be displayed.
1 is a function that "congestion information display target road" can be set when
other than "Do not show".
2 When "congestion information display target road" is other than "Do not show",
and is a feature that can be set when "congestion information display" is set to "ON".
Page 106

106
CRA4803-A <106>
Make the Bluetooth setting
Hands-free function and Bluetooth Audio function, such as smartphones cooperation
function Contact
To become use, you will need to pre-set the Bluetooth equipment.
Memo

You can register up to five Bluetooth devices. Switching type or deletion of the
method of Bluetooth devices
"I switch the Bluetooth device"
( P108), "we want to remove a Bluetooth device"
( P109)
Please visit.
If you register a Bluetooth-enabled mobile phone with the AV profile, priority contact
of Bluetooth Audio
It is set as connection equipment. For more information
"How to operate the Bluetooth Audio" ( P140)
The visit Kedah
Sai.
QUICK SETUP
( P15)
You can also set in.

Bluetooth equipment Usage


PLEASE NOTE
This unit, only to Bluetooth wireless connection
It has been corresponding. And using, for example, connecting cable
Connection can not be of Te so, attention Kedah
Sai.
Even on devices that support Bluetooth, the equipment
If you are drunk there is a limit for connecting to this unit
I have. For more information, consult the dealer
Give me.
This unit, the following Bluetooth profiles
I supports.
Profile name
Use
HFP
(HandsFreeProfile)
Hands-free calling
OPP
(ObjectPushProfile)
Read memory dial
Included
PBAP
(Phone Book Access

Profile)
Read memory dial
Included
A2DP
(Advanced Audio
Distribution Profile)
Audio data transfer
AVRCP
(Audio / Visual Remote
Control Profile)
AV equipment of remote control
Function
SPP
(Serial Port Profile)
Serial communication
Mobile phone "Dial lock", "Auto
Or to unlock features such as lock "
Please be et al connection.

Do Bluetooth settings
One
Press (menu), set-ed
Collection - telephone and communications - Bluetooth
Setting it touches the
Memo
Mobile phone menu screen
( P179)
And, Bluetooth
Audio screen
( P140)
In Bluetooth setting standing in
There is also a way to manipulate the switch.

Two
Touch and select the item to be set
Make
Device registration
Bluetooth to Bluetooth connection

We will register the equipment to this unit. Oh


Luo advance Bluetooth equipment
Go to the Bluetooth set to ON
Please.
( P107)
Equipment change
Bluetooth device to be Bluetooth connection
When you have registered two or more, the manual
It can be switched.
(
P108)
Equipment Delete
The Bluetooth registered Bluetooth
It will remove the equipment.
( P109)
Page 107

107
Setting of navigation
CRA4803-A <107>
Passkey
Changing the passkey of the unit
I can.
( P109)
Radio launch
ON the radio wave from the unit /
It can be OFF.
(
P110)
Mobile phone di
Forget Chikomi
Guide
After you boot the machine, a predetermined time
The connection of this unit and the mobile phone within
The to ON / OFF a guide if not
Rukoto I can.
( P110)
You want to register a Bluetooth device
One
Device registration it will touch on
( P106)

Memo
If the Bluetooth Audio is playing, medium playback
They are cross-sectional. The confirmation message is displayed
Because you will, if you register by interrupting Yes
And if you do not want to interrupt No go choose
Please.
It has already been Bluetooth devices registered five
If, equipment removed by touching the Bluetooth machine
Make the deletion of the vessel
( P109)
, Bluetooth
Please do the registration of the device.

Automatically looking for Bluetooth devices around


You. Search is carried out for about 20 seconds, 10 equipment
You can discover up to.

When the Bluetooth device is found, the list table


It is shown.
The book by your Bluetooth equipment
There are times when it is not found in the search from the machine
You. In that case, and register from the other equipment
That Touch, registration of Bluetooth devices
Please register the machine from the menu.
For more information, instruction manual of Bluetooth devices
Please visit.
Two
The Bluetooth device to be registered
Touch
Three
The unit or Bluetooth device
To perform the pairing by operating the
Memo
When you first register a Bluetooth device, the connection
To identify the other party, it requires pairing operation
It is. Pairing method your Bluetooth
It depends on the equipment. The unit or
Pairing according to the screen display of Bluetooth devices
Please be grayed.

The Register this machine to Bluetooth devices (equipment registration and machine
For the vessel authentication) How to, Bluetooth equipment
Please refer to the instruction manual.
This machine, hands-free communication, memory dial
Transfer

, Bluetooth Audio, NaviCon operation,


It supports the smart nAVVi Link operation.
Depending on your Bluetooth devices, and each machine
It may not support the ability.

Registration completion message appears.


Make the Bluetooth setting
Page 108

108
CRA4803-A <108>
Four
Sure touch the

profile of the registered Bluetooth devices


By can be done to continue the following settings.
Memory dial reading
memory dial of the registered Bluetooth devices
You can load into the unit.

Setting completion message appears.


Bluetooth Audio use confirmation
Bluetooth Audio in the registered Bluetooth devices
Choose whether or not to use the feature.
Smartphone cooperation use confirmation
smartphone in the registered smartphone
Choose whether or not to use the cooperation function.

Setting completion message appears.


Five
Sure touch the
Switch the Bluetooth equipment

Memo
And Bluetooth devices while using the Bluetooth Audio
When you perform the switching operation, Bluetooth Audio
Playback is interrupted.

One
Equipment change I want to touch on
( P106)
Make the Bluetooth setting
Page 109

109
Setting of navigation
CRA4803-A <109>
Two
Bluetooth devices to switch
It will touch on
Three
Touch to select the item
Hands-free
Using the hands-free function
You use.
Bluetooth Audio Bluetooth Audio equipment
It uses as.
Smartphone
Cooperation
Smartphone cooperation machine
It uses the function.
Memo
If set to "hands-free" is
,
If you are set to "Bluetooth Audio",
"Scan
The authors If you set the smartphone cooperation "
Icon is displayed.
When set to "Bluetooth Audio", AV
That it has switched the source to Bluetooth Audio
It becomes a priority connection equipment to be automatically connected to a tree
You.

You want to remove the Bluetooth device


Memo
The selected Bluetooth device is in the incoming and outgoing, busy
You can not remove the case. It is operated after the operation is completed
Please be.

One
Equipment Delete I want to touch on
( P106)
Two
To Bluetooth devices that you want to delete
Touch
Three
Yes I want to touch on

The selected Bluetooth device will be deleted.


You want to change the passkey
One
Passkey you touch the
( P106)
Two
Enter the passkey to be changed,
Input end it will touch on
Make the Bluetooth setting
Page 110

110
CRA4803-A <110>
I ON / OFF the radio launch
One
Radio wave it will touch on
( P106)
Two
ON or OFF touch the
ON
We will do the radio wave.
OFF
It does not perform the radio wave.
Memo
If you set the radio wave to OFF, registered from the machine
You can not change the recording operation and passkey.


Set the mobile phone carry-forget guidance
A constant
One
Mobile phone brought forget guidance to
Touch ( P106)
Two
ON or OFF touch the
ON
Performs a mobile phone brought forget guidance
You.
OFF
Performs a mobile phone brought forget guidance
No.
Make the Bluetooth setting
Page 111

111
CRA4803-A <111>
Setting of navigation
Make the volume settings
Guidance volume and hands-free navigation
Adjustment of earpiece volume and ring volume of time, the operation sound
You set the ON / OFF.
Memo
QUICK SETUP
( P15)
In it is also to be set
You can.

One
Press (menu), setEdit - volume settings you will touch on
Memo
Setting and editing - Telephone and communication - volume setting standing in
There is also a way to manipulate the switch.

Two
Touch the item you want to set
Information volume
+

Guidance volume will increase.


Guidance volume will decrease.
Beep
ON
Operation sounds.
OFF
Operation sound does not sound.
Receiver volume
+
Earpiece volume will increase.
Earpiece volume is reduced.
Ring volume
+
Ring volume will increase.
Ring volume will be smaller.
If the operation sound is set to OFF, SD card inserted
Warning sound, such as input failure does not sound. Rather Notes
Please.

Information / Phone Speaker setting


Ia
Voice guidance and hands-free navigation
And call reception sound, Which front speaker
Set whether to output from the car.
The factory "Front L + Front R"
It is.
One
Press (menu), setEdit - System Settings Touch to
Make
Two
Information / Phone Speaker set to
Touch
Set the volume of the navigation
Guidance volume of navigation, and the adjustment of the received-call volume
during a hands-free, the guide sound
Make the speaker settings to output the voice and reception sound.
Memo

For the adjustment of the volume of the audio,


"Adjust the volume of the audio"
( P122)
Please visit.

Page 112

112
CRA4803-A <112>
Three
Standing in the speaker you want to output
Chisuru
Front L it will be output from the front left side.
Front L +
Front R
It will be output from the front left and right.
Front R it will be output from the front right side.
Set the volume of the navigation
Page 113

113
CRA4803-A <113>
Setting of navigation
Setting the vehicle information
Toll classification and parking limit of vehicle, length, width, set the height.
Content that has been set here will be reflected in the guidance of the parking and toll
road fee.
Memo
QUICK SETUP
( P15)
You can also set in.

One
Press (menu), setEDIT touch the
Two
Vehicle information setting Touch to
Three
Set the contents by selecting each item
Toll segment toll road during running of fee-ku
You set the minute.

( P113)
Parking limited (model) car limit at the time of parking
I set.
( P113)
Parking restrictions
(Vehicle size)
Vehicle dimensions when parking
You set the limit.
(
P114)
Memo
In the case of route guidance during and highway mode, Yes
Fee can not be toll classification settings.

Four
End it will touch on
Setting of toll classification
One
Toll segment it will touch on
( P113)
Two
Touch to choose the appropriate classification
Setting of parking restriction (model)
One
Parking limited (car) touch the
( P113)
Two
Touch to choose the appropriate type of vehicle
Make
Indicator of the chosen vehicle lights
is, you can choose continue.
Memo
If there is no corresponding model, nothing is not set
Give me.

Three
Back to Touch
Page 114

114
CRA4803-A <114>

Setting of parking restriction (vehicle size)


One
Parking limited (vehicle size) Touch
and ( P113)
Two
Touch to select the item to be input
Three
Enter the dimensions in reference to such car verification
is, the input end to touch the
Example: length (L) If you choose
it is possible to continue to enter the other items
You. To terminate the input back to standing
Please to switch.
Memo
To clear once the set value, and of each
In the input screen unset it will touch on.

Setting the vehicle information


Page 115

115
CRA4803-A <115>
Setting of navigation
Make the other settings
We want to correct the misalignment of the vehicle position
If the vehicle position is shifted to, be modified
Can you. In state vehicle position fix you always stop
Please go.
One
Press (menu), setEdit - vehicle position correction and touch
Make
Two
Vehicle position correction I want to touch on
Three
Touch the 8-direction arrow keys
I adjust the cross-hair cursor to You are here
Memo
Tweak When you touch, table of 8-direction arrow keys
You can switch the View / Hide.
8 directional arrow keys when you start running while displaying

It is fine-tuning the 8-direction arrow key Touch to consumption


Succoth is, I can only once.

Four
Decision it will touch on
Five
Di Touch the left and right of the rotation arrow
Adjust the car orientation
Six
Decision it will touch on

Vehicle position is modified.


Switch the road while driving
where the general road and toll road is in parallel
Running, road of the vehicle position is actual and different types
If you've got in the road, and one vehicle position
It is switched to road or toll road
You can.
One
Press (menu), setEdit - vehicle position correction and touch
Make
Two
Another road switching I touch the

It fixes the vehicle position to the road of a different type


You.
Memo
In some cases, the vehicle position can not be modified.
During route guidance, look for the revised route of the vehicle position
Re-search.

Page 116

116
CRA4803-A <116>
Setting the Security
By the security settings, theft deterrent
Effects and theft prevention effect is I can be expected.

It is always theft Your use of this function


It is not mean lead to prevention. From car
Lock the door and remove the always key when you leave
To, such as basic measures attention on your own
And you will be as you please.

One
Press (menu), setting and editing
- System Settings touch the
Two
Security settings you will touch on

Security Settings screen appears.


Security
Function
This unit is once removed from the battery
If that was, passwords match
Unless, you can not use the main function
You can set as
Vinegar. Set security features,
It required at the time of the security release
And password that, you enter it
Set a hint that is displayed when that
To you.
( P116)
Indicator effectively set the security function
If you were boss, OFF the power of the machine
To (OFF the engine switch)
Then security as a theft prevention
It flashes the utility indicator
It can be set to so
Vinegar.
( P118)
You want to set the security features
One
Security features it will touch on
( P116)
Two
Setting it touches the
Memo
If you already a password is set, pa

Of the message does not either change the password


There will be displayed. If you want to change it, yes standing
Enter the current password by switch input end
It will touch on.

Configuration Tips
Three
Set in a multi-word or
Setting than the fixed sentence touch by selecting the
Make
Multi-word
Setting
The words of your choice password
You can be configured as a hint.
Make the other settings
Page 117

117
Setting of navigation
CRA4803-A <117>
Setting than the fixed sentence of five password from a fixed sentence
It can be set by selecting the tips
You.
Example: When you select a setting than the fixed sentence
Four
The selected tips from five fixed sentence
I want to touch in
Memo
Set in a multi-word when you chose, your preferred
Words to the input as hints Mino, input end to
Touch.

Password Settings
Five
Enter the set you want to password
is, the input end to touch the
Memo
You can enter a password, single-byte or double-byte
Is less than 12 characters.

Six

the set a password and tips


Make sure, the end to touch the

Security features are set.


if the security function is activated
Operation
State that enable the security function
In, if you make such as a battery replacement,
When the ACC to ON, the following screen is displayed
Will.
One
Sure touch the
Two
The set password to enter the,
Input end it will touch on
Memo
By any chance, if you forget the password, the dealer
Please contact us.

Make the other settings


Page 118

118
CRA4803-A <118>
Three
Sure touch the

Navigation will start.


You want to set the indicator
Memo
place the security function is enabled
I can if only operation.

One
Indicator it will touch on
( P116)
Two
ON or OFF touch the
ON
LED flashes.
OFF

LED does not blink.


You want to release the security function
If you want to cancel the security function, the following
It can be operated as below.
One
Security features it will touch on
( P116)
Two
Release I will touch on
Three
Yes I want to touch on
Four
Confirmation Touch to the password
Enter, the input end to touch the

Security function is canceled.


Make the other settings
Page 119

119
Setting of navigation
CRA4803-A <119>
View the slide frame
To display the frame indicating the range that allows slide operation
You can be.
One
Press (menu), setting and editing
- System Settings touch the
Two
Slide frame display settings and touch
Make
Three
ON or OFF touch the
ON
Slide frame appears.
OFF
Slide frame does not appear.
To return the set to the initial state
To return the set function of the state of the factory
Thing I can.
One

Press (menu), setting and editing


- System Settings touch the
Two
Setting initialization touch the
Three
Touch to the item you want to initialize
Four
Yes I want to touch on

The selected item is initialized.


Make the other settings
Page 120

120
CRA4803-A <120>
To return to the factory default state at once
To return to the factory default state when you touch the tail
Customer is was content and records were set after your purchase
Child to return to the state of the factory at once data
You bet you can.
Once erased data can not be undone. Sufficient
Please operate after carefully.
The required information, please note of in advance.

Items to be erased, is as follows.


Item to be erased
Function settings, audio settings, image quality adjustment
Setting, volume setting, vehicle information setting, map
Of view and scale settings, traveling locus,
The vehicle position information, VICS FM Level 3 Day
Data, VICS broadcast station reception mode setting and receive
Shin frequency, memory dial, Bluetooth
Setting, logo display setting, Rogoma
Christo customization, in guidance
Route, learning route data, registration areas,
Search history, eco-information, such as eco-prize
Not erased items
Sensor learning, security, etc.
Memo
The sensor learning to initialize the sensor Science

Please perform the all-reset of learning.


(
P98)

Make the other settings


Page 121

121
CRA4803-A <121>
Audio Basics
The basic operation of the audio
You want to display the AV source screen
One
At the time of the navigation screen
I press the (audio)

AV source screen is displayed.


To return to the navigation screen, (now
Press the Hometown).
Memo
In AV source is in the ON state
(Hometown) press
When you are there, the AV source voice na intact
It will return to the navigation screen.

For the video-based AV source


In the case of the video-based AV sources such as TV, screen
Display only the video at the beginning and switched stripes
Vinegar. Place you want to display and operation touch key
If, please touch the screen once.

Memo
Operation touch keys, close to touch on whether the 8
Nothing it will disappear and not operate seconds.

The display of the AV source plate


About
Left of the map screen, the tuning-by button on the body
When carrying out such song selection operation, the map screen
AV source plate appears in the section.
AV source plate is approximately from being displayed

4 seconds nothing it will disappear and the operation is not performed.


The AV source plate, and AV currently playing
The source of the state will be displayed.
AV source plate
Switches the AV source Ru
Switching of AV source, touch operation (AV
It performed in the Source icon).
One
You want to display the AV source screen
Two
To your favorite AV source icon
Touch
AV source icon

to switch to the selected AV source's.


Page 122

122
The basic operation of the audio
CRA4803-A <122>
Memo
Of AV source icon >> When you touch, Table
AV source icon that can not be shown a display
It is. When you touch again, to its original state
It will be back.
In the case of the video-based AV sources such as TV, once the picture
Touch the surface, or to display the operation touch key
Please be et operation.
During the navigation screen display is cut only voice
The Instead, press the (audio), AV source
Screen appears.
Source that is not connected to the equipment is accustomed to use
No.
The steering switch vehicles, MODE scan
It can be switched in turn the source on match
You.

For AV source icon


Traffic that is broadcast in such highway
Select this when you want to receive the information.
Etc. The playing music CD or CD-R / RW
I chose you when you want.
And select when you want to listen to FM radio broadcast
Masu beauty.
And select when you want to listen to AM radio broadcast
Masu beauty.
Select when you want to see the one-segment broadcasting
You.
Music files stored on SD card
Select this when you want to play.
When you want to use the Bluetooth Audio
Select this.
It uses an external audio equipment
We choose to Itoki.
It was the AV source being selected to OFF
We choose to Itoki.
Memo
Each source icon is ready for reproduction
Source only appears.
Depending on the source, it is necessary to configure the settings and connections.
For more information, Kedah see the description page of each source
Sai.

Make the AV source to OFF


If you stop playback or reception of AV source,
It makes the AV source to OFF.
One
OFF touch the

AV source is turned OFF.


Memo
(Audio) the longer you press, the AV source
And you can be on OFF.
The steering switch vehicles, MODE scan
To turn OFF the source Press longer switch
I can.


Adjust the volume of the audio
Make
We will adjust the volume audio.
And outside of the sound it is difficult to hear, the cause of the traffic accident
It becomes. So as not to interfere with the safe driving
Please use a moderate volume.

One
Press or the (volume adjustment)
Volume will increase.
Volume will decrease.
Memo
If the guidance voice of navigation in the output, sound
You may not be able to the amount of the adjustment. Guidance sound
It operates in a state where the voice is not output
Give me.
Also to adjust the difference in volume of each AV source
You can.
"source level adjuster setting"
(P147)
When the guidance voice output of the navigation, automatically
To or smaller turn off the sound of the audio
I can also.
"mute setting" (P148)
The visit
Give me.
The steering switch vehicles, - / + scan
You can adjust the volume with the switch.

Page 123

One two three


The basic operation of the audio
Audio Basics
CRA4803-A <123>
Setting the video screen clock display
On the screen in the video-based AV source display, Clock

Set whether or not to display.


The factory is "OFF".
One
Press (menu), setting and editing
- Audio touch the
Two
Video screen clock display is touch
Make
Three
ON or OFF touch the
ON
It will display the clock.
OFF
It does not display the clock.
Reception of emergency warning broadcasting (EWS)
About Shin
EWS (Emergency Warning System)
And receives the emergency alert on TV, disaster
This is a system to inform the occurrence. Seg
Receiving a broadcast, there has been EWS at the viewing program
If, emergency message with a warning voice
It will be displayed.
The playable media on this unit
Type and file of
Renewable media in this unit and the file format
The combination of is limited. Following
You look at the table, correspondence of the variable () whether ()
Mounted on a check, please use.
In addition, the file format and extension of the corresponding Allowed
Even if, such as in how to create a file
drunk may not be played
(
P201)
. Also, it is described in the table below
You can not play file format other than.
File
Format
Extension
CD-R / RW
SD card
WMA

.wma

MP3
.mp3

AAC
.m4a

WAV
.wav

Page 124

124
CRA4803-A <124>
Listen to the radio
We'll explain how the reception of radio.
Receive a radio broadcast
One
The AV source to FM or AM
and ( P121)
Two
Touch the station you want to receive
Memo
List table preset frequency and broadcasters
It is shown.
Also broadcast stations have been listed, it is here of the ring
Some border and radio wave condition, it may not be received
There.

Display switching
The frequency scale display screen
It will switch. Frequency scan
The Touch with kale display screen
And that, turn off the list display screen
Instead you.

( P124)
Scan
If you touch more than 2 seconds, reception
It is automatically a good broadcaster of state
It is registered in the user preset
You recorded.
( P126)
SEEK also
The SEEK

It will send a frequency in the order.


When you long touch, at the reception
automatically looking for a broadcasting station that kill,
It stops when you receive a broadcast or
Vinegar. (SEEK)
FM1FM2
(In the case of FM)
AM1AM2
(In the case of AM)
It switches the band.
(
P125)
Preset switching presets
( P125)
It will switch the.
If you operate the buttons on the body:
Or
The
Push
To order a preset channel
I send to
Or
The
Long press
It can be received broadcasting station
Automatically search (SEEK)
Or
The
Keep pressing
Send a frequency in a row
(NON STOP SEEK)

Memo
Tunnel and Yamakage, such as the valley of buildings, radio waves
Intercepted convenient location, in the weak areas of the radio waves,
There is a case where the reception state is bad.
When receiving a stereo broadcast is [STEREO]
It will be displayed.

The frequency scale display screen


Change
One
Display switching touch the
( P124)
When operating in the slide:
During radio reception in the frequency scale display screen
Is, it can be done following the slide operation. Sly
For de method of operation,
"Slid"
(
P22)
Please visit.
Page 125

125
It wants to receive a broadcast
CRA4803-A <125>
slide
It met the preset channel
You flops.
slide
The da preset channel
You luck.
slide
It will cancel the mute.
slide
We want to mute.
Choose the type of preset
broadcasting station that the user has registered (user preOr call the set), previously the unit to
Broadcasting stations near the vehicle position has been registered (d
Choose whether calling a rear preset).

One
Preset switching touch the
( P124)

Each time you touch, the "user pre-set


Capital " " area preset "is switched
You.
Memo
If you set the preset area, the vehicle around
Broadcasting station to display a list of, easily broadcasting stations
You can choose.
In the area preset, the frequency change of the broadcast station
If it is performed, or if the received can not be received
Broadcasting station that was might be different from the display.

Switch the band


Two vans to each FM / AM on this unit
There is soil, preset memory for each band
(1-6) you can use both.
One
FM1FM2 or
AM1AM2 touch the
( P124)

Each time you touch, the conversion to cut as follows


Wari you.
FM1FM2
AM1AM2
Memo
We usually use the FM1 and AM1, in Destinations
Such as using the FM2 and AM2, used by applications
It is convenient to divide have.

You want to register a broadcast station manually


The user presets, FM1, FM2, AM1,
AM2 before each six stations, manually by registering
You can (manual preset).
One
Conversion cut to "User Preset"
get ( P125)

Two

SEEK / SEEK

Touch to
Station you want to register with (frequency)
The pick ( P124)
Three
2 to the frame of the registration you want to preset
Touch sec

The frequency currently being received, the selected preset


It is registered into the city.
Listen to the radio
Page 126

126
CRA4803-A <126>
Automatic registration of broadcasting stations
User pre-set a good broadcaster reception state
You can be automatically registered into the city.
One
Scan it will touch more than 2 seconds to
( P124)

CANCEL If you touch in, stop the automatic registration


You.

When the automatic registration is complete, the user pre-set


The station is stored into the city.
Memo
Good broadcaster reception state is less than the registration possible number
If no, when the broadcasting station that was previously registered remains
I have.

Listen to the radio


Page 127

127
CRA4803-A <127>
It wants to receive a broadcast

It wants to receive traffic information


One
Make the AV source in the traffic information
( P121)

Traffic information screen is displayed, Zhou heard last time


You will receive the traffic information of the wave.
1620 kHz
We want to 1 620 kHz.
1629 kHz
We want to 1 629 kHz.
If you operate the buttons on the body:
I press the
We want to 1 620 kHz.
I press the
We want to 1 629 kHz.
When operating in the slide:
During the traffic information received, the following slide operation
Can you. For details on how to operate the slide,
"Slid"
( P22)
Please visit.
slide
You will receive a 1 629 kHz.
slide
You will receive a 1 620 kHz.
slide
It will cancel the mute.
slide
We want to mute.
Memo
When you are receiving traffic information, and then adjust the volume
If that, be set as the volume for traffic information
You can. The volume switch to other AV source
To be adjusted, then when receiving the traffic information,
You can listen at the volume set last time.

Listen to the traffic information


We'll explain how to receive traffic information that is broadcast in such highway.
Page 128

128
CRA4803-A <128>
Receive a one-segment broadcasting
One
Make the AV source to TV
( P121)

AV source screen appears, previously received


You will receive the station had.
Two
Touch the screen

Simple operation touch keys are displayed.


1 ~ 12
Press the key preset Chang
I will tune the channel.
In the case of user presets, and long
Broadcast currently being received Touch
The station will be registered.
Program guide
It will display the program guide.
( P130)
Program content it will display the program content.
(
P131)
Detail
It will display the operation touch keys.
Close up
To erase the simple operation touch keys,
It will return to the video screen.
Operation touch key
List items
List items
You will receive the touched broadcasting stations.
CH also
The CH
It sends a three-digit channel in the order or
Vinegar. When you long touch, physical
Automatically look for the channel, and release
It will stop when it receives a transmission.
(SEEK)

Subtitle switching
If there is a subtitle, turn off the subtitles
You recombination.
( P131)
Voice switching
If there is more than one voice, the voice
It will switch the.
( P131)
Preset switching presets
( P129)
It will switch the.
Service switching it off the service of the same broadcasting station
Masu camera works.
( P130)
Scan
If you touch more than 2 seconds, Ready
Automatically registered Noh broadcasters
You.
( P131)
Close up
It will return to the video screen.
See the one-segment broadcasting
You can watch the one-segment broadcasting.
Memo
When you remove the battery or the first time you use the TV source, the viewer
setting clear
( P132)
That it has the
Zan, when you move to another area, please the channel scan.
"I will register automatically broadcast stations
(Channel scan) "
(P131)

When the parking brake is being applied in the stop, you can see the image on the
monitor. Run
For row in safety, it does not appear in the video on the monitor.

Page 129

129
See the one-segment broadcasting

It wants to receive a broadcast


CRA4803-A <129>
If you operate the buttons on the body:
Or
The
Push
To order a preset channel
I send to
Or
The
Long press
It can be received physical channel
Automatically Find (SEEK)
When operating in the slide:
During the one-segment reception, following the slide operation
Can you. For details on how to operate the slide,
"Slid"
( P22)
Please visit.
slide
It met the preset channel
You flops.
slide
The da preset channel
You luck.
slide
It will cancel the mute.
slide
We want to mute.
Memo
Seg of the volume is lower than other AV source
Therefore, the switching from the other AV sources Seg
With that, there are times when sound is felt small.
Each AV source at the source level adjuster
You can align the difference in volume.
(
P147)

Icon List
By the broadcast content, the next icon AV source
It appears to the nest plate.

Stereo broadcasting
Yes more than one voice
Yes subtitle
Receiving sensitivity of the antenna
Conversion cut the type of preset
Obtain
broadcasting station that the user has registered (Yu Zapuri
Or call the set), previously the unit to
Broadcasters around the vehicle that are registered (e Rear
Choose whether calls the preset).
One
Preset switching touch the
( P128)

Each time you touch, the "user pre-set


Capital " " area preset "is switched
You.
Memo
If you set the preset area, the vehicle around
Stations broadcast appears in the list, easily broadcasting
You can choose the station.
In the area preset, of the broadcast station frequency (tea
If the tunnel) changes are made, do not be received
If the station it was and received If no is different from the display
I have.

Page 130

130
See the one-segment broadcasting
CRA4803-A <130>
You want to register a broadcast station manually
Manually up to 12 stations to the user presets
You can register (manual preSet).
One
You want to "User Preset"
( P129)
Two

CH / CH

Touch to registered
To select the station you want to record
( P128)
Three
Preset list you want to register
It will touch more than 2 seconds in the frame

Broadcasting station currently being received, the selected preset


It is registered into the city.
Switch the service
Multiple service channels currently being received
if is is provided, converted off the service
You can get.
One
Service switching touch the
( P128)

Another service will be displayed.


You want to display the program guide
The maximum program guide of the broadcasting station that is currently viewing
You can display up to 10 programs.
One
Highlight the station you want to see a program table
Program guide to touch the ( P128)

program schedule of the selected broadcasting station is displayed.


List items
Broadcaster's name
Memo
Touch the list item, to display the program content
You.
( P131)
Exit When you touch, to return to the normal broadcast screen
You.

Page 131

131

See the one-segment broadcasting


It wants to receive a broadcast
CRA4803-A <131>
You want to view the program content
It will display the program content of the program being viewed.
One
Program content touch the
( P128)

Program content is displayed.


Three-digit channel number
Broadcaster's name
Program name
Icon
Program content
Memo
Exit When you touch, to return to the normal broadcast screen
You.

Registered in the automatic radio stations


(Channel scan)
A receivable broadcast stations to user presets
You can be automatically registered.
One
Scan it will touch more than 2 seconds to
( P128)

CANCEL If you touch in, stop the scan


You.
Switch the subtitles
When there is a subtitle to the program, the language and the table of subtitles
It switches the shows of ON / OFF.
One
Subtitle switching touch the
( P128)

Mode will switch to the next as each time you touch


You.
Subtitle 1 2 caption subtitles OFF
Return to the subtitle 1
Switch the voice

When there is more than one voice in the program, and off the voice
Masu camera works.
One
Voice switching touch the
( P128)

Mode will switch to the next as each time you touch


You.
If there is more than one voice:
First audio second audio third voice
Back to the first audio
In the case of bilingual broadcast (double voice):
Main voice sub audio main audio + secondary audio
Return to the main voice
Page 132

132
See the one-segment broadcasting
CRA4803-A <132>
To the function setting of one-segment
Set the function in receiving one-segment broadcasting
You.
One
Press (menu), setEdit - Audio - TV set in
Touch

TV setup menu appears.


Viewer setting
Clear
Hand the machine in such disposal and transfer
When you let go, it is recorded in this unit
It erases that viewers set
You.
Auto broadcasting stations
Search Settings
when the receiving state has become worse,
Good relay station of the other receiving state
Look for or the affiliated stations in the automatic
You set how.
Viewer setting clear

One
Viewer setting clear touch the
( P132)
Two
Yes I want to touch on

Viewer settings are erased.


Auto broadcasting station search settings
The factory default is "relay station + series station".
One
Auto broadcasting station search set to
Touch ( P132)
Two
Select the station
Relay station + affiliate stations
Relay station-affiliated stations automatically
Looking for you.
Relay station
We are looking for a relay station automatically.
OFF
Relay station-series station Sagashima
To do.
Page 133

133
Use music disk
CRA4803-A <133>
Listen to the music CD
We'll explain how to basic playback of music CD.
Reproduce
One
To insert the disk ( P27)

Playback starts automatically.


Album name
During track playback
Elapsed time
Artist name
Music name
Track No.
Song list

It will show the song list.


( P134)
Six
During playback, you will pause.
During the pause it will resume playing.
Repeat I will do repeat playback.
( P134)
Random we will do random playback.
( P134)
If you operate the buttons on the body:
Or
The
Push
Track down / up
Or
The
Long press
Rewind / fast forward
When operating in the slide:
During CD playback, the following slide operation line
For example you. For details on how to operate the slide,
"Scan
Ride Operations "
( P22)
Please visit.
slide
I will up the track.
slide
You go down the track.
slide
It will cancel the mute.
slide
We want to mute.
Memo
It is already the disk you want to play has been inserted
If so, please switch the AV source.
(
P121)
Order to perform such as a disk discrimination is time before playback
Between takes.
For disks that can be played back

"Play can Ru
Kind of disk "( P200)
Refer to the Teku 's
Sai.
Album name, song title, artist name, CD Only if the information can be obtained from the TEXT display of
Will. In otherwise, the table as below shown are
You.
Album name: No Title
Music name: No Title
Artist name: No Name
Music data (CD) and WMA / MP3 data
(CD-R / RW) disc that data has been mixed
If you play the clause, it will play CD only.

Page 134

134
Listen to the music CD
CRA4803-A <134>
Play to choose from the list
To view the list, direct election the song you want to play
Bukoto I can.
One
Song list it will touch on
( P133)
Two
Touch to a song (track) you want to listen
Make
Memo
To return to the normal playback screen, end or Back
It will touch on.

Repeat Play

to be played repeatedly the specified range


You can. For example, the range of repeat play
If you specify to TRACK REPEAT, during playback
You can listen to repeatedly track.
One
Repeat I will touch on
( P133)

Each time you touch, the range of repeat play


But it will change as follows.
ALL REPEAT TRACK REPEAT
ALL
REPEAT
This is the normal playback state. It is playing
I will repeat the disk.
TRACK
REPEAT
Track of playing (the song)
Repeat.
Memo
It is beyond the scope of repeat playback during Repeat Play
That operation (TRACK REPEAT during the selection of music operation, etc.)
If you do, place the range of repeat play is changed
There is a case.
Aiko the selected repeat play range on the screen
It is displayed in emissions but, ALL is the normal playback
REPEAT does not appear on the screen.

Random play
You can play by changing the song order.
One
Random touch the
( P133)

Each time you touch, random playback of ON /


OFF is switched.
Memo
Field range of repeat playback of TRACK REPEAT
If, when you ON the random play, re-repeat
Raw range is cut automatically to ALL REPEAT conversion

Wari you.
Re-repeat playback and repeat during random play
When you perform an operation that exceeds the range of raw, random play
But there are times when it is aborted.

Page 135

135
Use music disk
CRA4803-A <135>
Reproduce
One
To insert the disk ( P27)

Playback starts automatically.


Folder No. /
Album name
File type
Of the file being played
Elapsed time
Artist name
Music name
File No.
Song list
It will show the song list.
( P136)
Six
During playback, you will pause.
During the pause it will resume playing.
folder the folder I will down.
Folder

I will up the folder.


Repeat I will do repeat playback.
( P136)
Random we will do random playback.
( P136)
If you operate the buttons on the body:
Or
The

Push
File down / up
Or
The
Long press
Rewind / fast forward
When operating in the slide:
CD-R / RW during playback, the following slide
Operation I done. Method of operation slide Nitsu
Information,
"Slide operation" ( P22)
The visit Kedah
Sai.
slide
It will upload the file.
slide
I will down the file.
slide
It will cancel the mute.
slide
We want to mute.
Memo
It is already the disk you want to play has been inserted
If so, please switch the AV source.
(
P121)
Order to perform such as a disk discrimination is time before playback
Between takes.
For disks that can be played back
"I can play
Kind of disk "( P200)
It's going reference to
Sai.
ID3 Tag / WMA Tag
( P202)
Title from
If you can get the information, song title or album
Name, artist name is displayed.
The following is if you did not get the title information
It appears as.
Album name: folder name

Music name: file name


Artist name: No Name
Place there is an Author information of Tag at the time of the WMA
If, to display as an artist name.
file that DRM (digital rights management) has been set
Il can not be played.
Music data (CD) and WMA / MP3 data (CD-R /
Play the disk where the data of RW) are mixed
If it is played CD only.

CD-R / RW I listen to (WMA / MP3)


We'll explain how to basic playback of CD-R / RW (WMA / MP3).
Page 136

136
CRA4803-A <136>
Play to choose from the list
To view the list, direct election the song you want to play
Bukoto I can.
One
Song list it will touch on
( P135)
Memo
Song list and a longer touch, the root folder
It will display a list of the Dah.

Two
standing want to listen to music (file name)
Chisuru
Memo
Of the top hierarchy folder When you touch

Contents I Lists.
The folder name in the folder list display
List When you touch, the contents of the folder
Displays.
Folder number up to 192, which is displayed in the list,
Number of files is 255.

Repeat Play
It is played repeatedly the specified range
I can. For example, the range of repeat play
If you specified in FILE REPEAT, during playback
You can listen to repeatedly file.
One
Repeat I will touch on
( P135)

Each time you touch, the range of repeat play


But it will change as follows.
ALL REPEAT FILE REPEAT
To FOLDER REPEAT ALL REPEAT
Go back
ALL
REPEAT
This is the normal playback state. It is playing
I will repeat the disk.
FILE
REPEAT
File being played (the song)
Repeat.
FOLDER
REPEAT
And repeat the folder being played
Returns.
Memo
It is beyond the scope of repeat playback during Repeat Play
That manipulate the (FILE REPEAT during the selection of music operation, etc.)
When you do, if the range of repeat play is changed
I have.
Aiko the selected repeat play range on the screen

It is displayed in emissions but, ALL is the normal playback


REPEAT does not appear on the screen.

Random play
You can play by changing the song order.
One
Random touch the
( P135)

Each time you touch, random playback of ON /


OFF is switched.
Memo
If the range of repeat playback of FILE REPEAT,
If ON random playback, repeat playback
Automatically cut converted to range FOLDER REPEAT
Wari you.
FOLDER REPEAT and the other in random play
If you play a song of the folder, FOLDER
REPEAT is no longer, again of random play only
It will be raw.

CD-R / RW I listen to (WMA / MP3)


Page 137

137
CRA4803-A <137>
SD
Use the card
How to SD of operation
Operation of music files in the SD card that is connected to this unit (WMA / MP3 /
AAC / WAV)
We will describe.
And out of the SD card, please go in established procedure.
"out of the SD Card"
(P28)
If you do out in the different procedures, there is a case where the data on the SD card
may be damaged.

Memo

This unit supports the following media.


SD card: maximum capacity 32 GB, file system FAT 32/16, SDHC support
For playable files
"Media and file types that can be played on this unit" ( P123)
Please visit.

Reproduce
One
Make the AV source to SD
( P121)

It is played from a file that was last playing


You.
Folder No. /
Album name
File type
Of the file being played
Elapsed time
Artist name
Music name
File No.
Song list
It will show the song list.
( P138)
Six
During playback, you will pause. To stop one o'clock
During stop it will resume playing.
folder the folder I will down.
Folder

I will up the folder.


Repeat and repeat playback.
( P138)
Random and random play.
( P139)
If you operate the buttons on the body:
Or
The
Push

File down / up
Or
The
Long press
Rewind / fast forward
When operating in the slide:
SD of during file playback, the following slide
Operation I done. Method of operation slide Nitsu
Information,
"Slide operation" ( P22)
The visit Kedah
Sai.
slide
It will upload the file.
slide
I will down the file.
slide
It will cancel the mute.
slide
We want to mute.
Page 138

138
CRA4803-A <138>
Memo
The Tag to MP3 / WMA / AAC file during playback
If the information is present, the song name and album name,
Artist name is displayed.
If and WAV files can not be retrieved the Tag information
It appears as follows if Il.
Album name: folder name
Music name: file name
Artist name: No Name
Place there is an Author information of Tag at the time of the WMA
If, to display as an artist name.
Folder No. is, Yu the hierarchy of deep folder
Order to the percentage that was found earlier from the file system
Ri swung.
File No., the file in the same folder
It is allocated in the order in which they are found from the system.
Further, files in the media playback order which is connected

It will depend on the configuration.


file that DRM (digital rights management) has been set
Il can not be played.

Play to choose from the list


To view the list, direct election the song you want to play
Bukoto I can.
One
Song list it will touch on
( P137)
Memo
Song list and a longer touch, the root folder
It will display a list of the Dah.

Two
touch to want to listen to the song (file)
Make
Memo
Of the top hierarchy folder When you touch
Contents I Lists.
If you touch the folder name, the folder
It will list the contents of a Zehnder.
Folder number up to 300, which is displayed in the list,
Number of files can be up to 5 000.

Repeat Play
It is repeatedly playing a specified range
Can you.
One
Repeat I will touch on
( P137)


Each time you touch, the range of repeat play
But it will change as follows.
ALL REPEAT FILE REPEAT
FOLDER REPEAT ALL REPEAT
Return to the
ALL
REPEAT
This is the normal playback state. Playback
It will repeat the SD in.
FILE
REPEAT
File being played (the song)
Repeat.
FOLDER
REPEAT
And repeat the folder being played
Returns.
Memo
It is beyond the scope of repeat playback during Repeat Play
That manipulate the (FILE REPEAT during the selection of music operation, etc.)
When you do, if the range of repeat play is changed
I have.
Aiko the selected repeat play range on the screen
It is displayed in emissions but, ALL is the normal playback
REPEAT does not appear on the screen.

How to SD of operation
Page 139

139
SD
Use the card
CRA4803-A <139>
Random play
By changing the playback order you will be able to play.
One
Random touch the
( P137)

Each time you touch, random playback of ON /


OFF is switched.
Memo
If the range of repeat playback of FILE REPEAT,
If ON random playback, repeat playback
Automatically cut converted to range FOLDER REPEAT
Wari you.
OFF it is usually play, appear on the screen
To do.

How to SD of operation
Page 140

140
CRA4803-A <140>
How to operate the Bluetooth Audio
That wirelessly connect a Bluetooth device and this unit corresponding to the AV
profile
In, you can play the music data in the Bluetooth Audio equipment with this unit.
The type and version of the AV profile, among which are functional and display can
be operated
Contents will differ.
Connection profile
Voice transmission
Music selection operation
Special playback operation
Information display
A2DP Ver1.0

A2DP + AVRCP Ver1.0

A2DP + AVRCP Ver1.3

A2DP + AVRCP Ver1.4

: I can. : it depends on the Bluetooth Audio equipment. : It can not.


The A2DP (Advanced Audio Distribution Profile), and the profile for transmitting
voice wirelessly.
The AVRCP (Audio / Video Remote Control Profile), it is the profile for the song
selection operation and information display of music.
Of Bluetooth Audio equipment
Sign up
To you have a Bluetooth Audio equipment
To advance Bluetooth in this unit
You need to register the Audio equipment.

"I make the Bluetooth Settings" (P106)


Registration is performed, "Han as usage
Handsfree / Bluetooth Audio "also
The "Bluetooth Audio" is set
Bluetooth Audio equipment, the AV source
When it is switched to the Bluetooth Audio
Automatically is connected to this unit playback will begin in
You. Depending on the connected equipment, playback
there are times when it does not start and if it begins.
Memo
Bluetooth Audio that are not registered in the machine
Equipment can not be connected.
Change Bluetooth Audio equipment for priority connection
If you want, you will go in the Bluetooth Settings
Sai.
"switch the Bluetooth device"
(P108)
In Bluetooth Audio equipment is another profile
During the connection, you may not be able to connect. Its
For all of the flops Bluetooth Audio equipment
Please connect it from cutting the profile.


Reproduce
One
The source to Bluetooth Audio
to switch ( P121)

Automatically connected to the Bluetooth Audio equipment


Was carried out, playback starts.
Memo
If the Bluetooth device is not registered, prompting a registration
A message will be displayed. Yes Touch to
And then please register operation.
( P106)

Song list
It will show the song list.
(
P142)
Display switching
It switched to the play list screen
You.
Three
Play. During the pause, play
My resume.
Eight
It will pause.
group I will down the group.
Groups

I will up the group.


Page 141

141
How to operate the Bluetooth Audio
B
l
u
e
t
o
o

t
h
A
u
d
i
o
I use
CRA4803-A <141>
Repeat
It switches the repeat range.
(
P142)
Random
The random play I ON / OFF.
( P142)
Disconnect
This unit and of Bluetooth Audio equipment
It will release the connection. Bluetooth
For Audio equipment are not connected, and the machine
Vessel connection appears. Touch
line connection from the navigation side by
There you.
( P143)
Bluetooth
Setting
In addition to the settings of Bluetooth devices
Vinegar.
( P106)
Playlist screen
Show play list that contains the currently playing song
To you. Selection of music in the same play list is possible
It is a function. I want to song selection from another playlist
Huang,
"Playing by selecting from the list" ( P142)
Please visit.
Playlist item
Play the selected track.
If you operate the buttons on the body:
Or
The

Push
Track down / up
Or
The
Long press
Rewind / fast forward
When operating in the slide:
Bluetooth Audio during playback, the following slide
Ido operation done. Method of operating the slide
For,
"Slid"
( P22)
The visit
Give me.
slide
I will up the track.
slide
You go down the track.
slide
It will cancel the mute.
slide
We want to mute.
Memo
Automatically If the playback does not start, 3 standing
Please to switch.
By your Bluetooth Audio equipment
Is, 3 playback does not start when you touch the
There is a case. In that case, Bluetooth
Please let me start playing the Audio equipment side.
Depending on the Bluetooth Audio equipment, rewind and / fast
There are times when it does not appear as if the sound comes out in Feed
You.
If A2DP connection only 3 and 8 and Misao, such as
Create touch key can not be selected. In that case
Is, I'm going to operate in the Bluetooth Audio equipment side
Sai.
In Bluetooth Audio use, hands-free equipment
When you use the ability and phone book transfer function, temporarily
Function of Bluetooth Audio will stop.
Even in the case of A2DP + AVRCP connection, depending on the model
Theory that has been described in the case and this book can not be operated Te

You might want to behave differently from the Ming.

A2DP + AVRCP Ver1.3 or A2DP +


When you connect with AVRCP Ver1.4, and track
Display information such as the title and artist name
It is. (By Bluetooth Audio equipment
In some cases, it is not displayed. )
In addition, playback does not start for some reason
If or when the connection is broken, and temporary Niso
Although these information will not be displayed, Play
It will be re-displayed when begins.
By Bluetooth Audio device to be used
There are features and limitations that can not be used.
For more information, please check the dealer.

Page 142

142
How to operate the Bluetooth Audio
CRA4803-A <142>
Play to choose from the list
To view the list, direct election the song you want to play
You can to drive.
One
Song list it will touch on
( P140)
Two
Touch the song you want to hear

The selected file is played.


Memo
Of the top hierarchy folder When you touch
Contents I Lists. Bluetooth Audio machine
And the hierarchy below the root folder by vessel
Because there is if you are in the top hierarchy, top

In the hierarchy may not be operated.


If you touch the folder name, the folder
It will list the contents of a Zehnder.

Repeat Play
It is played repeatedly within a specified range
You can.
One
Repeat I will touch on
( P141)

Each time you touch, the range of repeat play


But it will change as follows.
ALL REPEAT TRACK REPEAT
To GROUP REPEAT ALL REPEAT
Go back
ALL REPEAT
This is the normal playback state. Again
Repeat equipment in the raw
You.
TRACK REPEAT track being played (song)
I repeat.
And click the group of GROUP REPEAT during playback
Ri it will return.
Memo
by the connected device, the different operations and the playback range
There is a case.
It is beyond the scope of repeat playback during Repeat Play
That operation (TRACK REPEAT during the selection of music operation, etc.)
When you do, if the repeat play range is changed
I have.
Table an icon to the selected repeat play range screen
It is shown, but, ALL REPEAT is a normal playback
It does not appear on the screen.

Random play
repeat the chosen
Playback

In range, and change the song order


You can play Te.
One
Random touch the
( P141)

Each time the touch, the range of random play


But it will change as follows.
OFF GROUP RANDOM
Return to the ALL RANDOM OFF
The GROUP RANDOM in the group of playing
It will play at random.
ALL RANDOM
Random all songs
It will play in.
Memo
by the connected device, the different operations and the playback range
There is a case.
"OFF" is the normal playback state. AV Sosupu
Screen display of the rate and Bluetooth Audio
Not.

Page 143

143
How to operate the Bluetooth Audio
B
l
u
e
t
o
o
t
h
A
u
d
i
o

I use
CRA4803-A <143>
Of Bluetooth Audio equipment
About connection
If the temporarily connected is disconnected
Bluetooth Audio connection to this unit was successful
Equipment temporarily for the following reasons
If a Bluetooth connection is disconnected, automatically
It will re-connect to.
If you switch the AV source
If you OFF / ON the ACC
If you have made a phone book transfer
If the radio waves launch was OFF / ON
If you have made the registration of Bluetooth devices
Memo
In the following cases, it will be excluded from automatic connection.
It's going to re-connect from the Bluetooth Audio equipment side
Sai.
( P143)
Bluetooth in the operation of Bluetooth Audio equipment side
If you disconnect
Bluetooth Audio and Bluetooth Audio during playback
Equipment away from the unit, forcing Bluetooth connection
If someone has been cut
Others, re-connection fails for some reason
If the

Bluetooth Audio equipment automatically


If you are not connected to the
To Bluetooth Audio equipment to become errand
Depending, and the registration of the Bluetooth Audio equipment
It can also be done not automatically connect
I have. If this is the case, contact the following procedure
Please have continued to.
One
Equipment connection and touch or,
To operate the Bluetooth Audio equipment
It is connected to this unit by ( P140)

Memo
The connection is completed within one minute from the start of the connection
If not, the connection process will be interrupted.
Bluetooth Audio equipment side of the connection operations,
That comes with the Bluetooth Audio equipment to the owner's manual
Please visit.
If you are doing some processing, such as during automatic connection
To come equipment connection even touch, it has gone now
You can not use this function until the process is completed
There is a case.

To start a connection with the Bluetooth Audio equipment


You.
Page 144

144
CRA4803-A <144>
Use the AUX
When you connect an external audio device such as a portable audio player to this
unit, the
You can hear the voice as AV source of this unit (AUX).
Memo
To connect an external audio equipment to this unit, you need a commercially
available 3.5 mm mini-plug cable.

Hear the voice of external equipment


One
3.5 the mm mini plug cable
Connected to the AUX input terminal of this unit
AUX input terminal
Two
Make the AV source to AUX
( P121)

Voice of the external device will be played.


When operating in the slide:
During the external device audio playback, the following slide
Operation I done. Method of operation slide Nitsu

Information,
"Slide operation" ( P22)
The visit Kedah
Sai.
slide
It will cancel the mute.
slide
We want to mute.
Memo
When you are using the AUX, to adjust the volume
If, and it can be set as the volume for the AUX
You. Adjust the volume by switching to other AV source
Even if you are settling, when using the next AUX, and last
You can hear in the set volume.

Page 145

145
CRA4803-A <145>
Setting Audio
Make a set of audio
To your liking, you can be set, such as audio of the sound and function.
One
Press (menu), set-ed
Collection
Audio
It will touch on
Two
Audio settings you will touch on

Audio setting menu screen is displayed


You.
Fader /
Balance setting
The volume balance between the left and right before and after
The settings can be.
( P145)
Loudness setting When listening in a small volume
To come, the shortage of low-treble
Is corrected, it is sharp

You can be the sound.


( P146)
Equalizer
Setting
Five that were prepared in advance
Settings (factory car
Set that was adjusted blanking) and to your liking
Equal- from the constant (CUSTOM)
You may choose a homogenizer curve
You can.
( P146)
Source level
Adjuster set
To have switched the AV source
The difference in the volume is not out to a tree
Sea urchin, based on the volume of FM
And then the volume of each AV source
It can be used to align the difference
Vinegar.
( P147)
Mute setting
Voice guidance navigation
Wearing of and hands-free calling
Such as in the case of a trust, it temporarily
I squeezed the volume of the audio
Ri, the speech by or off to hear
It is easier to take can
Can you.
( P148)
Memo
While traveling there are settings that can not be operated.
During the operation of the audio setup menu screen, and sound
Voice guidance, if there is such a hands-free phone call
, It is not possible to various settings of audio settings.
However, sound deadening timing
( P148)
In There OFF
If it is set, it is used to configure
Can you.
AV source in the time and MUTE OFF, the setting can
To do.

During traffic information received, source level adjuster


You can set the mute setting only.

Fader / balance setting


The factory is as follows.
Fader: "0"
Balance: "0"
One
Fader / balance setting to
Touch ( P145)
Two
|
, | , | , \ before Touch
And to adjust the balance of the rear left and right that
Balance of the front and rear left and right of the sound at the position of the cursor
You can see the nest.
Page 146

146
Make a set of audio
CRA4803-A <146>
Loudness setting
The factory is as follows.
Setting: "OFF"
Effect: "MID"
One
Loudness setting touch the
( P145)
Two
ON touch the
If you do not exert the loudness, OFF the
Select this.
Three

Or

In LOW / MID /
Set from HIGH

Equalizer settings
The factory is "FLAT".
One
Equalizer settings I want to touch on
( P145)
Two
Touch your favorite setting

The equalizer curve each time you touch


It will switch.
Advanced Setting
The selected factory car
It will correct the drive.
Off

Click
To
Re
Over
Mosquitoes
Over
Breakfast
SUPER BASS bass has a thickness of powerful
A bass will sound.
POWERFUL bass and treble has a thickness,
Up-tempo song Meri
You will hear the needle well.
NATURAL
In a natural balance, listen
A pleasant sound that is not tired
Play.
VOCAL
Mid-high range is has a thickness, Shin
The Kiwa-ritsu the Biya Kana vocal
Make myself understood you.
FLAT
It is not the correction of sound. Setting
The boss was equalizer curve
By switching to alternate with, equalizer
Ensure the effect of the riser
, Please use when.

CUSTOM1 ,
CUSTOM2
CUSTOM is registered in memory
Call the adjustment value that was recorded
You.
Memo
CUSTOM1 will be registered for each AV source
But, those made in the same setting is as follows.
- FM, AM
- CD, CD-R / RW

Page 147

147
Make a set of audio
CRA4803-A <147>
Setting Audio
We want to correct the equalizer
your chosen factory curve, at each frequency
It is possible to correct the finer levels
You. The corrected values are registered in CUSTOM1
It is.
Memo
CUSTOM2 correction value is performed by selecting the
It will be registered in CUSTOM2.
Already equalizer settings
( P146)
In,
CUSTOM1 case registered a correction value to, here
In the corrected value is overwritten.

One
Choose the factory curve
( P146)
Two
Advanced I want to touch on
Three
To select the frequency to be corrected, or
Other the level by touching the
Correct

1 0 0 H z, 3 1 5 H z, 1. 2 5 k H z,
You can choose the frequency from 3.15 kHz, 8 kHz.
2 dB your between -12 dB ~ +12 dB
It can be adjusted to the door.
Source level adjuster
Setting
The factory is " 0 dB".
Memo
The volume of the other AV sources relative to the volume of the FM
To adjust, when listening to FM, the saw
It is possible to set the scan level adjuster
No.
It is registered to each AV source, but in the same setting
Made ones are as follows.
- CD, CD-R / RW
- AM, traffic information

One
Source level adjuster
Set to touch the ( P145)
Two
+ or - you want to touch on
Each 2 dB in the range of -8 dB ~ + 8 dB
It can be adjusted to.
Page 148

148
Make a set of audio
CRA4803-A <148>
Mute setting
The factory is as follows.
Mute timing: "Telephone"
Mute Level: "- 20 dB"
One
Mute setting touch the
( P145)
Two
Touch the item you want to set
Mute timing
Guidance and telephone

Voice guidance and hands-free communication


The volume of the audio at the time of arrival of the
My Lower.
Phone
At the time of arrival of the hands-free phone call
It will lower the volume of the audio.
OFF
It does not reduce the volume of the audio.
Mute level
-10 DB
It will be the volume 1/3.
-20 DB
Volume will be 1/10.
MUTE
Volume will be 0.
Page 149

149
CRA4803-A <149>
Use the camera function
Use the back guide monitor
Back guide monitor options, Asis a driving operation of the recession (especially
during parking)
Collected by. Guide lines that are displayed as a reference retreat operation in the car
behind the video, audio proposal
By driving operation in accordance with the internal, easily parked child also one
weaker parking
You bet you can.
(Display setting of the combined guide line to your car will be made in dealer)
Back guide monitor Nitsu
Notes of stomach
PLEASE NOTE
Please driving with care without overconfidence this function.
Situations such as road-specific characteristics and the road surface, also of driving
operation
The pre-dispersion and, due to the correction state of the angle sensor
You may not be able to park on the measurement position.
This function must be set in each model. And therefore
When such as your replacement purchases the car, put the machine to the other car
The back guide monitor set in the always dealer when changing
Please use the changed value of the (vehicle data)

(In other cars may not accustomed to use this function


Masu).
Please do not overestimate the back guide monitor. One
As well as general of the car, be sure to check behind and around the safety directly
Please carefully recession while. In particular, it parked around
It's going to avoid contact with such as car and obstacles are
Sai.
And, never to retreat while watching the screen only
Give me.
The actual status and image are reflected on the screen are different
Yes, you can hit the car and retreat to look at the screen only,
There is a possibility to cause an unexpected accident. To retreat
Rutoki, always cheap in such visual and mirrors behind and around
Please check all directly.
Please do not use in situations such as the following.
Do not have frozen, slippery road surface or snow-covered road,
Tire chains, when you are using the emergency tires
Back when the door is not completely closed
-Slope is not a flat, such as road
Lye operation procedure of each mode of back guide monitor
Up is also an example when parking of road conditions, road surface and car Jo
Due status, timing the operation amount of the steering wheel operation
It is different. In helping to understand the above,
Please use the back guide monitor. In addition, parking
The Make or when the car, can always park in parking spaces
Please perform the operation after certification.
If the outside air temperature is low, the screen may become darker, video thin
It might be. Video of what is particularly moving
Because it may not be seen from the distorted, or screen,
Go always driving while checking the perimeter of safety in direct eye
Please.
When replacing the tires, please consult your dealer.
When you replace a tire, of guide lines that appear on the screen
It might not be accurate in the position shown.

Memo
Due to the nature of the lens of the camera, and Ya who reflected on the screen
Obstacle is different from the actual position and distance.

Notes on camera
The camera, attached to the rear of the vehicle
Masu (mounting position of the rear of the vehicle by vehicle type
Location is different).
PLEASE NOTE
The late back guide monitor is not working properly
Please note the following things because there is a record.
The camera unit is beating strongly, and such hit on things,
Please do not give a strong shock.
Position of the camera, there is a possibility that the mounting angle is shifted
You.
The camera unit, has become a waterproof structure so, remove
Please do not, disassembly and modification death.
Rub the camera cover strongly, and Ya stiff brush
If you or polished in such abrasive, the cover is damaged,
It may adversely affect the image.
Since the camera is of the cover is a resin, organic solvents, body
Wax oil film up agents, glass coating agent I
Please do not attach the etc.. When you adhere to.
Please wipe immediately.
Rapid temperature change by, for example applying a hot water when coldPlease do not give a.
When you hit the camera unit, and such as a camera of failure
There is a risk. In response to the inspection at the dealer as soon as possible
Give me.
If you are using a high-pressure car wash machine, camera or mosquitoes
Go be avoided directing the nozzle directly in the vicinity of the camera
Please. There is a possibility that the camera falls off.
Memo
When the camera lens is dirty, clear image
Can not be obtained. Drop of water, snow, dirt, such as mud
When attached is washed with water, wipe with a soft cloth
Please take. If the dirt is terrible, the neutral
Please wash with detergent.


Page 150

150
Use the back guide monitor
CRA4803-A <150>
Select the guide how how
The back guide monitor has the following three modes.
course display mode parking guide line display mode parallel parking guide mode
When you parallel park (garage)
Course display mode or parking guide line display,
It uses the mode.
Course display mode
( P152)
Expected course line such as that linked to the handle operation
In this mode, but is displayed.
Parking guide line display mode
( P155)
Crosscut point of handle (parking guide line)
This mode is displayed. And accustomed to vehicle sense
Was better (and parking without the need for a course display mode
possible person), please use.
When the parallel parking
Column guide mode or parking guide line table,
It uses the display mode.
Column guide mode
( P157)
In most parallel parking by the screen display and voice guidance
This mode is for assistant.
Parking guide line display mode
( P166)
Crosscut point of handle (parking guide line)
This mode is displayed.
In the parking without the need for a column guide mode
Do not be used to kill people and column guide mode
Please use such as in Itoki.
Course erase
Column guide
Please check around the vehicle directly
Re-voice
Guide stop

Please check around the vehicle directly


Course erase
Column guide
Please check around the vehicle directly
Course erase
Column guide
Please check around the vehicle directly
Page 151

151
Use the back guide monitor
CRA4803-A <151>
Use the camera function
Switching to the back guide monitor screen
One
When the engine switch is ON,
The shift lever to the R (reverse)
Make
The video of the back guide monitor is displayed.
Course display mode
( P152)
(Or parking Guy
De line display mode
( P155)
) Is displayed.
If you switch the shift lever to the other gear, the field
Surface display is switched to the original video.

For range reflected in the screen


From bumper rear end of the car behind (in the range shown in the figure below) it is
reflected.
Memo
In back camera display, (audio), (Hometown), press the (menu), back camera video
To release.

Near both ends of the bumper is not reflected


<The range reflected>
Course erase
Column guide
Please check around the vehicle directly

Page 152

152
Use the back guide monitor
CRA4803-A <152>
Memo
By the situation of the car and the road surface, reflected range may be different.
The range that is reflected in the camera there is a limit, those at the bottom of the
near both ends and bumper of the bumper is not reflected.
Since the back guide monitor of camera you are using a special lens, the sense of
distance of the image reflected on the screen actually
Distance with me is different.
When the following circumstances, the screen may be difficult to see, but it is not a
malfunction.
Dark -. (Such as at night)
Lens temperature is high in the vicinity, or when it is low.
And when with a drop of water to the camera, when humidity is high. (Rainy weather,
etc.)
When a foreign object (such as mud) is attached to the vicinity of the camera.
When the light of the sun and head lamp hits the lens of the camera directly.
When the high brightness point (such as the sun reflected on the vehicle body) is
reflected in the camera, the CCD camera-specific smear phenomenon
*
The nest but occurrence
There is Rukoto.
* Sumiya phenomenon: it is reflected in the high brightness point of (the body
The sun, etc.) Film in camera
That the the point is vertical (vertical direction)
Phenomenon catching the tail.
You can adjust the hue and color saturation, brightness and contrast of the screen.
"adjust the image quality"
(P25)

The parallel parking (course display mode)


Screen of seeing how
expected course line (yellow)
It shows the measure of the course the car is going to retreat.
it will work with the steering wheel operation.

vehicle width extension lines (green)


It shows the measure of the course when it was straight back the car.
You can display wider than the actual car width.
when the handle is straight (straight state), the expected course line
It will overlap with.
Course display
Please check around the vehicle directly
In terms of high brightness
<Situation of the screen>
Course erase
Column guide
Please check around the vehicle directly

Expected course line (yellow)

Distance reference line (yellow) about 1 m away


Bumper rear end

Distance reference line (green) about 0.5m destination

Distance reference line (red) about 0.5m destination

Vehicle width extension lines (green)


The front of the car
Page 153

153
Use the back guide monitor
CRA4803-A <153>
Use the camera function
distance reference line (green)
It will show the distance of the car backward (from bumper rear end).
it represents approximately 0.5 m away.
distance reference line (red / yellow) I shows the distance of the car backward
(from bumper rear end).
it will work with the steering wheel operation. It will move along with the expected
course line.
In each of the center position, about 0.5 m away (red), about 1 m away (yellow) is
shown
To you.
handle error occurs when not in straight (straight state)

You.
In the above screen, the actual distance (red distance guide lines are shown: about 0.5
m away,
Yellow: Table than about 1 m away), on the right side of the close position, on the left
side of the distant position
It is shown.
PLEASE NOTE
Due to the number of passengers, load capacity, the position indicated by the guide
line of the screen will change. Always backward and surrounding safety
Please driving while checking directly.
when the handle is shifted straight predicted course in (straight state) and the vehicle
width extension line is, as much as possible to bend
There is no such corner curve, please traveling more than about five minutes a little
road of congestion in advance. Still, such repaired
Itoki, please have it inspected by the dealer.
Car width extension lines appear wider than the actual car width. When you retreat,
safety directly always behind and around
Please driving while checking.
Memo
Course erase When you touch, the expected course line-vehicle width extension lines
will not be displayed. Also, at this time distance eyes
Cheap line is fixed (not in conjunction with the steering wheel). Course display to
return to the original When you touch.

We want to start a parallel parking


If you want to park in the parking space of the following procedure in reverse
direction, the steering will be all right and left reversed.
One
Make the shift lever to the R (reverse)
The video of the back guide monitor is displayed.

Memo
If you have not become a path display mode, please course display mode.
"display of the parking guide line"
(P171)

Course erase
Column guide
Please check around the vehicle directly

<Car condition>
Page 154

154
Use the back guide monitor
CRA4803-A <154>
Two
By operating the handle so that the predicted course line enters into the parking
space,
It will slowly retreat
Three
Once the car back is entered in the parking space, the vehicle width extension
lines and the parking space
As the distance between the left and right of the section line is much the same in
the vicinity of the position of the car,
I operate the steering wheel
Four
Once the parallel section line of parking and vehicle width extension lines,
straight handle
In (straight state), until the car enters all the parking spaces, slowly retreat
Make
Course erase
Column guide
Please check around the vehicle directly
Expected course line
Course erase
Column guide
Please check around the vehicle directly
It will be about the same interval
Section line of parking
Vehicle width extension lines
<Car condition>
Parking space
Course erase
Column guide
Please check around the vehicle directly
<Car condition>
<Car condition>
Page 155

155

Use the back guide monitor


CRA4803-A <155>
Use the camera function
Memo
When you park, because the actual situation with the video of the screen there is a
different thing, please be sure to check directly.
Distance may appear to parallel the guide line and the rear end of the parking space
screen, there may not be actually parallel to.
When parking section line there is only one side, parallel to the vehicle width
extension line and the left edge of the parking space (right) screen
This may look (see below), there may not be actually parallel to.

The parallel parking (parking guide line display mode)


Screen of seeing how
vehicle width extension line
It shows the measure of the course when it was straight back the car.
You can display wider than the actual car width.
distance guide lines
It will show the distance of the car backward (from bumper rear end).
it represents approximately 0.5 m away.
parking guide line
Recession by turning the handle to the full (most small turn) the indication of the
course of time
I shows.
It is a measure of the position to manipulate the handle to the parking time.
PLEASE NOTE
Due to the number of passengers, load capacity, the position indicated by the guide
line of the screen will change. Always backward and surrounding safety
Please driving while checking directly.
Car width extension lines appear wider than the actual car width. When you retreat,
safety directly always behind and around
Please driving while checking.
Memo
Course erase When you touch, the vehicle width extension lines, parking guide line
will not be displayed. Route display and touch
Then it will return to the original.

Course erase
Column guide

Please check around the vehicle directly


Section line of parking
Course erase
Column guide
Please check around the vehicle directly

Distance guide lines about 0.5m destination

Vehicle width extension lines

Parking guide line


Bumper rear end
The front of the car
Page 156

156
Use the back guide monitor
CRA4803-A <156>
We want to start a parallel parking
If you want to park in the parking space of the following procedure in reverse
direction, the steering will be all right and left reversed.
One
Make the shift lever to the R (reverse)
The video of the back guide monitor is displayed.
Memo
If you have not become a path display mode, please course display mode.
"display of the parking guide line"
(P171)

Two
The stop parking guide line is retracted to fit the partition line of the left edge of
the parking space
Memo
When you retreat to match the partition lines and the parking guide line as of the
screen, in the case where the width of the parking space of about 2.2 m
It will enter almost in the center. Please adjust the in stop position according to the
width of the parking space.

Three
Turn the handle to the right full, slowly retreat
<Car condition>

Course erase
Column guide
Please check around the vehicle directly
Compartment line
Parking guide line
Course erase
Column guide
Please check around the vehicle directly
<Car condition>
Page 157

157
Use the back guide monitor
CRA4803-A <157>
Use the camera function
Four
Once the car is parallel to the parking space, it will be straight (straight state) the
handle
Screen retreated to an optimum position for reference, the parking
It terminates.
And parallel parking (column guide mode)
Flow of car movement and screen, voice guidance
The movement of the car
The operation content
Course erase
Column guide
Please check around the vehicle directly
<Car condition>
About 1m
The column guide Once the car is substantially straight
Mode is finished.
The Toma and if there on the left end of the position where you want to park
Ri, until fill the handle in the opposite direction
Operate. (Screen 4)
The parallel to the road, distance between and parked cars
There are stops at the position of about 1m.
The rear end of the car the green vertical line is, you are parked next to
It stops After retracted until it fits in.
(Screen 1)
Operating the handle while stopping the car, the green
When you match the location where you want to park the frame, Han

The retreat in the dollar as it is.


(Screen 2)
Is displayed green curve, green curve is parked
Hand to fit the left edge of the position you want to car
The retreat in the intact Le. (Screen 3)
Distance guide lines I by the handle as it is
In reference to etc., and check the peripheral visually and mirrors
To retreat. (Screen 5)
Page 158

158
Use the back guide monitor
CRA4803-A <158>
Flow of screen and audio
<Screen 1>
<Screen 2>
<Screen 3>
<Screen 4>
<Screen 5>
Re-voice
Guide stop
Please check around the vehicle directly
Green vertical line, to retreat to fit to the rear end of the car, which is parked next to.
"Behind the green vertical line next to the car
Stop by back until it fits. "
Audio assist
Re-voice
Guide stop
Please check around the vehicle directly
Retreat to here.
Re-voice
Guide stop
Please check around the vehicle directly
To match the location where you want to park the green frame.
and "while stopped, or the handle
By I, and parking space the green frame
It will fit in. "
Audio assist
Re-voice
Please check around the vehicle directly
Once you adjust the "frame, the handle

Check the periphery of the vehicle to the left


While it will be back. "
Audio assist
Re-voice
Please check around the vehicle directly
Green of the curve I retreat to fit on the left side of where you want to park.
Re-voice
Please check around the vehicle directly
Where we want asked the car "green line
If there on, the handle stopped
It will crosscut the way to the right. "
Audio assist
Re-voice
Please check around the vehicle directly
And distance reference line as a reference, to retreat to confirm the peripheral visually
and mirrors.
"The handle intact, car
Back while checking both peripheral
To you. "
Audio assist
Page 159

159
Use the back guide monitor
CRA4803-A <159>
Use the camera function
PLEASE NOTE
In no road a flat-straight such as curve and slope, please do not use.
Please operation must be performed in the state that stopped the car steering wheel
operation.
Memo
If you want to cancel the guide, you can touch the guide stop.
If you want to hear the voice guidance again, and then touch to re-voice.
Volume of voice guidance it can be adjusted.
"Setting the column guide of volume"
(P170)

You want to start a parallel parking

Here, we describe the procedure in the case of parking in the parking space on the
left. On the right side of the parking space
When parking, handle operations, such as will be all right and left reversed.
One
Parallel to the road (or shoulder), the position of the interval is about 1m of the
parked car
The stop in, to straighten (straight state) the handle
Position of front and rear, and parked car
And in front of the position as more car half
You.

Two
Make the shift lever to the R (reverse)
The video of the back guide monitor will be displayed in the course display mode or
parking guide line display mode.
Nearly half car
Vehicle
About 1m
The parked car
The position where you want to park
Page 160

160
Use the back guide monitor
CRA4803-A <160>
Three
Check the position of the car, touching the column guide
Cormorant than rear tire of the car, which is parked on the screen
We will make sure that the part of the white is reflected
Please.
Before to the correct position the car when it is not reflected
The advance is to retry the operation.
Four
Once you have verified that the stopped car in the same position as the displayed
screen,
Next I want to touch on
Memo
This display omitted from the next time when you touch on, this screen will not be
displayed. Again, I would like to display
Huang

"Display of the beginning of the tips"


( P171)
Please reference to.
Guide stop If you touch, you return to the previous screen.

Five
If you are guided by the voice, the green while in the handle straight (straight
state)
Stop vertical line is retracted to a position that meets the rear end of the car,
which is parked next to
Retract the car
<Car condition>
Re-voice
Guide stop
Please check around the vehicle directly
Green vertical line
"Behind the green vertical line next to the car
Stop by back until it fits. "
Audio assist
Re-voice
Guide stop
Please check around the vehicle directly
The stop is retracted to here.
Green vertical line
Course erase
Column guide
Please check around the vehicle directly
Page 161

161
Use the back guide monitor
CRA4803-A <161>
Use the camera function
Memo
When the recession is not straight (straight state) the handle, there is a thing that
would go to the next voice guidance
You. In that case, first to advance the car to a position to stop the car, please try again.
Even a shift lever to a position other than R (reverse), and returned to the R (reverse)
within 10 seconds, this screen
It will be back.

Six
When you see the green frame is guided by the voice, the handle to the left while
stopped
Turn to, to match the location where you want to park the green frame
Re-voice
Guide stop
Please check around the vehicle directly
and "while stopped, or the handle
By I, and parking space the green frame
It will fit in. "
Audio assist
Green vertical line
Green frame
Re-voice
Please check around the vehicle directly
Green vertical line
Green frame
<Car condition>
Green vertical line
I want to parking
Location
Green frame
Turn the steering wheel to the left
Green vertical line
Green frame
Page 162

162
Use the back guide monitor
CRA4803-A <162>
PLEASE NOTE
Please make sure that there are no obstacles in the green frame always. If there is an
obstacle in the green frame, the column
Guide mode can not be used.
When you match the location where you want to park the green frame, car green line
extending always in front is parked in front
Please do not take to the tire. And parked in front Together to the point where you
want to park the green frame
If it takes the car you are, please combined in a range that does not take.

Memo
Message may be displayed in the screen.
By-frame becomes red, message, such as the right is displayed
Et al., It can not be the guide, and return the handle
Give me.
Even if-frame matches the correct parking position, such as on the right
you may receive a message is displayed. In this case, the car
Because you believed that you are too far away from the shoulder, parked next to
Please check the interval (about 1m) of the car you have car.

Seven
When you see the green frame is guided by the voice, the handle to the left while
stopped
Turn to, to match the location where you want to park the green frame
<Car condition>
Re-voice
Please check around the vehicle directly
The extension is applied to the tire
Handle intact
Once you adjust the "frame, the handle
To the left, check the peripheral vehicle
While it will be back. "
Audio assist
Please check around the vehicle directly
Please return the handle does not guide
Please return the handle does not guide
Please check around the vehicle directly
Please return the handle does not guide
Please return the handle does not guide
Page 163

163
Use the back guide monitor
CRA4803-A <163>
Use the camera function
PLEASE NOTE
The right front end of the car to be careful not to hit in front of the obstacle, please
slowly retreat.
Memo

When the recession is not straight (straight state) the handle, following
You may inadvertently go up to voice guidance. In that case,
First to advance the car to a position where stopped the car, we go again
Sai.
Even a shift lever to a position other than R (reverse), and returned to the R (reverse)
within 10 seconds, this screen
It will be back.

Eight
When you see the green curve is guided by the voice, as it is of the state of the
handle
To to retreat to
Green of the curve, it will stop if there a point of the left edge of the position where
you want to park.

Please check around the vehicle directly


You can not guide handle was shifted
You can not guide handle was shifted
Re-voice
Please check around the vehicle directly
Re-voice
Please check around the vehicle directly
Where we want asked the car "green line
If there on, the handle stopped
It will crosscut the way to the right. "
Audio assist
Green curve
Page 164

164
Use the back guide monitor
CRA4803-A <164>
Memo
When the speed of the recession is too fast, it may guidance is not in time.

Nine
While stopping the car, turn the steering wheel fully to the right
Please operate the handle Always be sure to stop the car.
Ten
When the screen is guided by the switched voice, the handle to the intact

And then to retreat


<Car condition>
The green curve
It fits in here
Green curve
As it is the handle
To to retreat to
Turn the handle to the right full
Re-voice
Please check around the vehicle directly
<Car condition>
"The handle intact,
While checking the periphery of the vehicle
You back. "
Audio assist
Page 165

165
Use the back guide monitor
CRA4803-A <165>
Use the camera function
PLEASE NOTE
And being careful not to hit the car that is parked on the left front end of the car to the
front, please slowly retreat.
Eleven
Once the car becomes parallel to the road (or shoulder), straighten the handle
(straight-shaped
Return to Thailand)
Twelve
The distance guide line as a reference, check the front and back of the car must
always visually or mirror, slowly
And stops by recession
When the car is nearly straight, column guide mode will end by being the voice
guidance.

Re-voice
Please check around the vehicle directly
Distance guide lines
"I finished the column guide."
Audio assist
<Car condition>

Page 166

166
Use the back guide monitor
CRA4803-A <166>
And parallel parking (parking guide line display mode)
Screen of seeing how
vehicle width extension line
It shows the measure of the course when it was straight back the car.
You can display wider than the actual car width.
distance guide lines
It will show the distance of the car backward (from bumper rear end).
it represents approximately 0.5 m away.
parking guide line
Recession by turning the handle to the full (most small turn) the indication of the
course of time
I shows.
It is a measure of the position to manipulate the handle to the parking time.
PLEASE NOTE
Due to the number of passengers, load capacity, the position indicated by the guide
line of the screen will change. Always backward and surrounding safety
Please driving while checking directly.
Car width extension lines appear wider than the actual car width. When you retreat,
safety directly always behind and around
Please driving while checking.
Memo
Course erase When you touch, the vehicle width extension lines, parking guide line
will not be displayed. Route display and touch
Then it will return to the original.

You want to start a parallel parking


When parking in the parking space of the following procedure in reverse direction, the
steering will be all right and left reversed.
One
Make the shift lever to the R (reverse)
The video of the back guide monitor is displayed.
Memo
If you do not have a parking guide line display mode, please the parking guide line
display mode.
"parking
Display of guide lines "

(P171)

Course erase
Column guide
Please check around the vehicle directly

Distance guide lines about 0.5m destination

Vehicle width extension lines

Parking guide line


Bumper rear end
The front of the car
Page 167

167
Use the back guide monitor
CRA4803-A <167>
Use the camera function
Two
Stops After retreat parking guide line is to fit the left edge of the position that
you want to park
Three
Turn the steering wheel to the right full, slowly retreat
PLEASE NOTE
And being careful not to hit the car that is parked on the left front end of the car to the
front, please slowly retreat.

Course erase
Column guide
Please check around the vehicle directly
<Car condition>
The position where you want to park
Course erase
Column guide
Please check around the vehicle directly
<Car condition>
Page 168

168
Use the back guide monitor
CRA4803-A <168>
Four
Once the car becomes parallel to the road (or shoulder), straighten the handle
(straight-shaped
It will be in Thailand)
The screen to check the front and back of the car must always visually and mirrors to
reference, and finished the parking retracted until the optimum position
You.
Error between the actual road surface and the screen
When the following conditions, will cause an error in the Distance course on the
actual road surface with the guide of the screen (Ira
List shows the case of a standard camera mounting position).
When a steep uphill is in the rear
Distance reference line shows a measure of the distance to a flat road
surface. Therefore, uphill backwards
When it is in, you will see the distance guide lines in front than the actual
distance. For example, failure to uphill
If there is a thing, it looks like there is in fact than in the distance.
Error will also occur in the actual path on the road surface as well as guide lines.
Course erase
Column guide
Please check around the vehicle directly
Course erase
Column guide
Please check around the vehicle directly
1.0m
0.5m
Distance guide lines
1.0m
0.5m
Actual distance
Error
<Car condition>
<Car condition>
Page 169

169
Use the back guide monitor
CRA4803-A <169>

Use the camera function


When a steep downhill is in the rear
when the downhill is in the rear, you will see the distance guide lines in the back than
the actual distance. Down
If there is an obstacle on the hill, it looks like there is in fact than in the vicinity.
Error will also occur in the actual path on the road surface as well as guide lines.
when the car is tilted
Number of passengers, when the tilted car due to load capacity, the actual distance,
the course and the error will occur.
Notes when the three-dimensional object is near
Guide of the screen has a plane product (such as roads) to the target. Threedimensional object with overhang (track
When the clauses of the obstacles, such as the loading platform) is nearby, and so that
it does not collide with the following in mind
Please be in.
Expected course line
Since predicted course line that is displayed to the road surface, not be able to
determine the position of the three-dimensional object.
On the screen, located on the outside of the loading platform is expected course line of
the track, it seems to not collide, the real
It may be hit because the bed is overhanging on the course in the case. Predicted
course like this
When the line is passing through a nearby obstacle, please check the rear and the
surrounding safety directly.
Course erase
Column guide
Please check around the vehicle directly
1.0m
0.5m
Error error
1.0m
0.5m
<Car condition>
1.0m
0.5m
Error error
<Car condition>
Course erase
Column guide
Please check around the vehicle directly
<Car condition>

Expected course line


Page 170

170
Use the back guide monitor
CRA4803-A <170>
Distance guide lines
The distance guide lines that are displayed to the road surface, can be determined the
distance between the solid object
To do.
On the screen, it looks like truck is parked in about 1m away by the distance reference
line (the position of the B) or
But, actually to be retracted to the position of A, it will hit.
The screen looks close to A, B, in the order of C, but the actual distance in the A and
C are the same distance, B to A, from C
It is located in the far distance.
Setting the column guide of volume
You can adjust the volume of the voice guidance.
One
Press (menu), setting and editing
- System Settings touch the
Two
Back guide monitor settings to
Touch
Three
Column guide volume I want to touch on
Four
+ or - Touch to volume
I will adjust the
Five
End it will touch on
Course erase
Column guide
Please check around the vehicle directly
C
B
A
<A, B, the position of C>
C
A
B

About 1m
Page 171

171
Use the back guide monitor
CRA4803-A <171>
Use the camera function
Display of the beginning of the tips
Is displayed in the column guide mode "the beginning of the
You can set whether or not to display the knack. "
You.
One
Press (menu), setting and editing
- System Settings touch the
Two
Back guide monitor settings to
Touch
Three
The beginning of the tips display I touch the
Four
will be or to not to touch the
Five
End it will touch on
Display of the parking guide line
Or course display to the parking guide line display mode
Either mode, you can set.
One
Press (menu), setting and editing
- System Settings touch the
Two
Back guide monitor settings to
Touch
Three
Parking guide line display I want to touch on
Four
will be or to not to touch the
Make
It will be in the parking guide line display mode.
are not you will course display mode.
Five
End it will touch on

Page 172

172
Use the back guide monitor
CRA4803-A <172>
It is displayed during system initialization
When it came out
Decrease battery desorption battery capacity of
If in such as you have, and the screen during system initialization
There will be displayed.
In this case, you will choose one of the following
Sai.
In a state where the parked car, left the handle sect
After you turn the stomach, turn fully to the right (left
Right it is acceptable in either first).
There is no such possible corner curve,
About 5 minutes following the road that are not congested in advance
The top running.
Returning to the normal screen, it is finished setting.
While the system initialization in screen is displayed
Manotoki is, you will have it inspected by dealer
Sai.
Memo
On the screen during system initialization, touch the Help
And, it will be able to display how to operate.
Do displayed on the screen, the normal picture
This is the setting Exit Returning to the surface.
During system initialization, or help screen is displayed
When the still be, and it will undergo inspections dealer
Please.
Exit When you touch, you return to the original screen.

Battery of desorption, or
When it was replaced put this unit
Battery of desorption, or the machine to another car
Such as in the case of recombinant put, a confirmation screen is displayed

It is.
In this case, the following operation or reseller
Setting is required.
Yes When you touch, the setting of the guide line
It will be deleted. Moth that is tailored to your car
The display setting of lines of latitude, ask the dealer
Give me.
No Touch to, and display the guide line
And then, it will be able to mirror the rear of the car.
(When it was replaced put the unit in another car, was placed
guide line a table of car that was set before changing
Is indicated)
Returning to the normal screen, it is finished setting.
While the system initialization in screen is displayed
Manotoki is, you will have it inspected by dealer
Sai.
Page 173

173
CRA4803-A <173>
Use the camera function
Use the back monitor
When fitted with optional back monitor, and shifts to reverse gear, the unit
Automatic behind the camera video and guide lines on the monitor screen of the (car
width and sense of distance of vehicle
You can mirror the auxiliary line) to compensate for the sense (the display of the
combined guide line for your car
Setting I will do in the dealer).
When replacing the tires, please consult your dealer. When you replace a tire, screen
There is an error occurs in the position indicated by the distance guide lines and guide
lines to be displayed in.
PLEASE NOTE
Please do not overestimate the back monitor.
This unit (back monitor), a confirmation of such obstacles
Please use as an auxiliary means for.
When such as raindrops is attached to the camera unit, reflected adversely
There is Kunar fear.
The vehicle of the situation (the number of passengers, load capacity), and the field
Position indicated by the surface of the guide line will change. It has to,
Luck while checking the rear and peripheral safety directly
Please be rolling death.

It is retracted while looking at the only monitor screen


Please do not absolutely. Always room mirror,
The combination of door mirrors, rear and the surrounding safety
Please be fully confirmed.
The Do not use in situations such as:
There. The frozen or, slippery road surface, also
The snow-covered road back door is not completely closed
When the tire chain, use the emergency tire
Road is not flat like-hill when you are
when the display is cold, the video is the tail
You can pull, and less likely to be recognized darker than usual
There are times when it becomes. The periphery of the safe to direct always
Please driving while checking in the eye.
If you are using a high-pressure car wash machine, camera or mosquitoes
Avoid that direct to direct the nozzle around the Mera
Please be. There is a possibility that the camera falls off
You.
Memo
Due to the nature of the lens of the camera, and people reflected on the screen
And obstacles is different from the actual position and distance.
You can hit strongly the camera unit, do not hit a thing
Etc., please do not give a strong shock. Camera
Position, the shift is mounting angle Bakkumoni of
There is a possibility that the Tar is not working properly
You.
Since the camera unit has become a waterproof structure, preparative
Please do not the Disconnect, disassembly and modification. Backing
is a possibility that the clock monitor is not working properly
There.
Rub strongly the camera's cover, hard Bra
If you or polished in such poetry and abrasive, cover
is a risk that it is damaged, adversely affecting the image
There.

Since the camera cover is a resin, organic solvents,


Body wax, oil film removing agent, glass coat
Please do not adhere to such agents. Attached
Please wipe immediately when.
Sharp temperature by, for example applying a hot water when cold
If you give a change, back monitor successfully
There is a risk that it will not operate.
When I hit the camera part, I failure of camera
Not back monitor is working properly by etc.
There is likely to be. The inspection at the dealer as soon as possible
Please receive.
Please do not long taken direct sunlight.
You may baking phenomenon remains.
The photograph is one case. Range reflected on the monitor image
It depends on the type of vehicle.
The moment of shifting to reverse gear, once white
It will be on the screen, but then gradually stabilized.
Sunlight, when a strong light hits such as headlight
it may up and down white belt comes into.
if used for a long time, the white scratch by temperature rise
I get or vertical line, but due to the CCD characteristics
It is.
In the fluorescent lamp of 50Hz power region, the flicker of the screen
Yellow (flicker phenomenon) will occur, but a malfunction
It is not.
Back monitor camera uses a special lens
Due to the use, distance sense of the image reflected on the screen
I differ from the actual distance.


Page 174

174
CRA4803-A <174>
The video of the back monitor
It mirrors the rear of the video
One
The shift lever I to R (reverse)
The rear of the video is reflected on the monitor screen automatically.
When the shift lever other than R (reverse)
It will return to the normal screen.
When the back monitor image, in the lower right corner of the screen guide
ON or OFF guide will be displayed.
To view the guide line guide ON the island
Vinegar. If you do not want to display the guide lines and Guy
De OFF it will touch on.
Use the back monitor

Page 175

175
CRA4803-A <175>
Use the camera function
For see how the screen
Only display line way
When the shift lever to R (reverse), the monitor screen is switched to the image of the
back monitor,
Back guide line to compensate for the vehicle width and distance sensation appears.
vehicle width extension line
It shows the measure of the course when it was straight back the car.
It can display actual wider than the vehicle width.
distance guide lines
It will show the distance of the car backward (from bumper rear end).
It does not work with handle operation.
In each of the center position, about 0.5 m away (the first run), about 1 m away (two
eyes), about 2 m away (3 rd)
I shows.
PLEASE NOTE
Car width extension lines appear wider than the actual car width. When you retreat,
safety directly always behind and around

Please driving while checking.


Memo
By the situation of the car and the road surface, reflected range may be different.
Range reflected in the camera there is a limit, those at the bottom of the near both
ends and bumper of the bumper is not reflected.
The rear of the image might be different from the actual color.
You can adjust the depth, contrast, brightness of the hue and black depth and color of
the screen.
"image quality
To adjust the "(P25)
It may back guide line is displayed shifted to the left and right by the vehicle, but it is
not a malfunction.

<A, B, the position of C>


C
B
A
C
A
B
About 1m
Use the back monitor
Page 176

176
CRA4803-A <176>
Distance guide lines
Since the distance guide lines that are displayed to the road surface, not be able to
determine the distance between the three-dimensional object.
On the screen, it looks like tracks are parked about 1 m away by the distance reference
line (the position of the B)
The painting you, but in fact when you retreat to the position of A, you can hit.
The screen looks close to A, B, in the order of C, but the actual distance A and C at
the same distance, B is A, C

It is located in the farther distance.


Memo
When the following circumstances, the screen may be difficult to see, but it is not a
malfunction.
Dark -. (Such as at night)
Lens temperature is high in the vicinity, or when it is low.
And when with a drop of water to the camera, when humidity is high. (Rainy weather,
etc.)
When a foreign object (such as mud) is attached to the vicinity of the camera.
When the light of the sun and head lamp hits the lens of the camera directly.
When the high brightness point (such as the sun reflected on the vehicle body) is
reflected in the camera, the CCD camera-specific smear phenomenon
*
There departure
You may want to live.
* Sumiya phenomenon: high brightness point (such as the sun reflected on the vehicle
body)
That point up and down (vertical direction when but reflected on the camera
Phenomenon to pull the tail in direction).

Error between the actual road surface and the screen


When the following conditions, will cause an error in the Distance course on the
actual road surface with the guide on the screen. (Lee
Last shows the case of a standard camera mounting position. )
When a steep uphill is in the rear
Distance reference line shows a measure of the distance to a flat road
surface. Therefore, uphill after
When there in person, you will see the distance guide lines in front than the actual
distance. For example, disabled in uphill
If there is harm thing is, it looks like there is in fact than in the distance.
Error will also occur in the actual path on the road surface as well as guide lines.
Course display
Please check around the vehicle directly
In terms of high brightness
<Situation of the screen>
1.0m
0.5m
Distance guide lines
<Car condition>
<Screen>
1.0m

0.5m
Actual distance
Error error
Use the back monitor
Page 177

177
CRA4803-A <177>
Use the camera function
When a steep downhill is in the rear
When the downhill is in the rear, you will see the actual distance guide lines in the
back than the distance. Downhill
If there is an obstacle to, it looks like there is in fact than in the vicinity.
Error will also occur in the actual path on the road surface as well as guide lines.
<Car condition>
1.0m
0.5m
<Screen>
Error
Error
1.0m
0.5m
Use the back monitor
Page 178

178
CRA4803-A <178>
Use a mobile phone
When this unit and the mobile phone Bluetooth connection, you can use the telephone
functions of this machine.
Make a hands-free phone call
A mobile phone when Bluetooth connected to this unit,
You can make a hands-free call.
Memo
As easy listening voice of the other party is, reception
Please adjust the volume.
( P111)
The following cases, this is voice to the communication partner side
There is that it becomes difficult to hear.
When running on a rough road
During high-speed driving

When you have opened the window


Aim the air conditioning vent towards the microphone
When was
When the large air-conditioner fan of sound
When you close the mobile phone to the microphone
To mobile phones and network of influence to be used
Ri, the sound quality is worse (noise, echo, etc.) that
I have.

For safety operation, it calls while driving as much as possible


Please avoid. The forced call while driving
through to make sure the safety of the well around if you want to
Please do exit briefly talk.

To make a hands-free call


Mobile phone corresponding to Bluetooth is necessary
It is. In addition, the registered mobile phone to the unit in advance
There is a need to keep the record. For more information
"To the Bluetooth Settings" ( P106)
It is Goranku
Please.
Memo
When it comes to your mobile phone, be sure
"Notes on Bluetooth devices use"
( P106)
The
Please read phrases.
This unit, to interrupt the call and three-way calling service
It does not correspond, the operation on the mobile phone side
Please be. In addition, call waiting and three-way calling service
If you operate the machine during your use of the screw, the call is switched
It might be.


Echo in a hands-free call
When (reverberation) is anxious
Through the vehicle speakers echo the other party's voice
It is caused by that enters into the microphone to
You. Voice from the speakers from entering the microphone
Echo Reduce can in to ensure that no
Vinegar. In addition, telephone line status, to use a mobile phone,
Place the echo is generated by the other party of the environment
There is also a case.
Place where it is possible to reduce the echo in the following manner
There is a case.
To reduce the earpiece volume
( "of navigation
I set the volume. "
(P111))
Speak with one keep breathing in each other
A guide audio output of the passenger side of the speaker
Set to learn
( "a guide / Phone Speaker setting
and "(P111))
However, the navigation inside the body of the echo canceller
On the mechanism of, completely eliminating the echo
You ca n't. Also, call the other party loud voice
In addition it will difficult to hear and speak with.
Memo
Also adjust the earpiece volume in the call in the menu
You can.
( P181)
Depending on the mobile phone, the place where some functions are limited
There is a case. For more information, contact your dealer
Please let.

Received phone how


When the call comes, the following telephone
Message is displayed to guide the incoming,
The sound of incoming information flows.
Phone connection when you touch on, call
You can be.

Page 179

179
Use a mobile phone
CRA4803-A <179>
Other operations
Memo
The sound of "To~ururururu" The phone will incoming
Once sounding, to indicate an incoming call.
In the part of the mobile phone, the ring tone from the speakers
There may not be output.
To match the phone number that has been registered in the registration area
And, the name of that point will be displayed.
Memory dial
( P182)
Registered
If there is a match with the telephone number, registered in the memory dial
Has been name appears (registered land and Memorida
If the phone number of the dial is the same, of the registered location
The name will be displayed).
By usage of Caller ID service
The telephone number and name of the person who has missing display
It will not be.
Also answer the call by pressing the mobile phone button
You can.
Even in response hold the mobile phone side,
Touch to
You can cancel the response hold by.
Phone cut single-edged,
"Operation of the call in the menu" (
P181)
Please visit.


When operating in the slide:
During the phone call, and can be performed following the slide operation
You. For details on how to operate the slide,
"Scan
Ride Operations "
( P22)
Please visit.
slide
You can talk.
slide
Turn off the phone.
Kake-kata of phone
It is possible to make a call in a variety of ways
You.
One
Press (menu), Mobile phones, cellular
Story I want to touch on
Memo
If the Bluetooth device is not registered, prompting a registration
A message will be displayed. Yes Touch to
And then please register operation.
( P106)

Two
Touch on how to make a phone call
Dial
A phone call by entering the phone number
Over you.
( P180)
Memory dial Mobile phones, cellular it is loaded into the machine
The memory dial list of story
The call to make the call.
( P180)
Call History
When you connect the unit and the mobile phone
Outgoing, incoming (including missed calls)
To display the history that was, the phone
You can apply.
(
P180)

Redial
Li to the telephone number that was applied just before
Dial.
( P181)
Bluetooth set to line the settings of Bluetooth devices
There you.
( P106)
Memo
Loading the memory dial of a mobile phone to the unit
If not out, the memory dial can be selected
No.
During transmission, during a call, mark of the phone in the upper left of the screen
Or call in the menu
( P181)
There is displayed
You.

Page 180

180
Use a mobile phone
CRA4803-A <180>
Make a phone call by entering the phone number
One
Dialing touch the
( P179)
Two
Enter the phone number, outgoing standing in
Chisuru

Phone is originated to the destination.


Memo
You can also dial a mobile phone.
(By mobile phone, such become a hands-free
It might have. )

Call the memory dial


Make a phone call
Memo
Memory dial a mobile phone that has been registered on the machine

It will be loaded each time. A mobile phone to be connected


Change
( P108)
And, Memorida that is displayed
Also it will change the contents of the dial.

One
Memory dial touch the
( P179)
Two
Touch to choose a destination
Three
Phone number that is included in the chosen destination
Touch to select No.
Four
Yes I want to touch on

Phone is originated to the destination.


Make a call from the call history
One
Call History I touch the
( P179)
Two
Touch and select the history you want to display
Make

The selected history will be listed.


Three
Touch to choose a destination

Phone is originated to the destination.


Page 181

181
Use a mobile phone
CRA4803-A <181>
Other operations
Make a phone call in the redial
One
Redial it touches the
( P179)


Outgoing confirmation message is displayed.
Two
Yes I want to touch on

Phone is originated to the destination.


Put a telephone number registered in the map
phone number that is included in the retrieved facility information
Power to issue or phone number that is registered in the registration area
You can make a story.
One
Looking for a location ( P55) of the facility
I to display detailed information ( P62)
Two
Outgoing touch the

It will dial the phone number that has been registered.


Operation of a call in the menu
During a call, the call in the menu is automatically displayed
Is, adjustment and hands-free function of the receiver volume
Of ON / OFF, that performs an operation of turning off the phone
You can.
Close up
Close the call in the menu.
+
It will raise the earpiece volume.
It will reduce the earpiece volume.
I hang up
Turn off the phone.
Hands-free
ON (OFF)
ON / OFF the hands-free function
To you. And talking on a mobile phone
Want time, you want to OFF.
Memo
If you OFF the hands-free function, this unit and the mobile
If the wireless connection to the band call is disconnected
I have.
Close to close the busy menu Touch
Case, the screen of the upper left

During a call when you touch the


You can re-display the menu.
You can also turn off the phone in the mobile phone.

Page 182

182
Use a mobile phone
CRA4803-A <182>
Edit a mobile phone information
Reading of the memory dial and erasing, each history
You can perform the erasure.
One
Press (menu), Mobile phones, cellular
Story I want to touch on
Two
Edit and erase I will touch on

Memo
Procedure
One
~
Two
In, setting and editing - Telephone and communication
- mobile phone data editing to be operated by touching the
Method is also available.

Edit and erase menu appears.


Memory dial
INCLUDED reading of memory dial
Miya it will do the erasing.
(
P182)
Outgoing history erase
It will clear the call history.
(
P184)
Incoming call history erase
It will clear the incoming call history.

(
P184)
Missed call history erase and erase the missed call history turf
Vinegar.
( P184)
Read the memory dial
To use the memory dial function, the preMemory diamond registered in the phone
Please keep reading to this unit Le.
Book data of a maximum of 1 000 from a mobile phone
You can load the machine.
Memo
Per 1 up to five telephone numbers can be saved.
Depending on your phone, memory dial
There are times when it does not correspond to the transfer.
Name, and can read data telephone number
You.
Memory dial a mobile phone that has been registered on the machine
It will be loaded each time. A mobile phone to be connected
Change
( P108)
And, Memorida that is displayed
Also it will change the contents of the dial.
the read data coercive in memory of the camera built-in
It is exist.
able to edit the read memory dial it
You ca n't.
Method of erasing memory dial,
"Memory diamond
Erase Le "
( P183)
Please reference to.
Mobile that you can register multiple phone numbers per person
In the phone, depending on the registration status and the type of phone number
Te, there are times when it can not be read all the data.

One
Memory dial touch the
( P182)
Two
Read I want to touch on
Memo
If you already have a data read, and overwrite
Zan read or add read I will choose the
Sai.

Page 183

183
Use a mobile phone
CRA4803-A <183>
Other operations
Three
It operates the mobile phone, Memorida
It will transfer the dial

Memory dial will be loaded into the machine.


Memory dial Li When loading is completed
Return to the list screen, eyes the read data
It can be used as memory dial
It becomes so.
Memo
When performing the memory dial reading is connected
Misao from phone memory dial transfer are
Work (depending on the mobile phone, but the whole matter transfer, 1
Matter transfer There are, etc.) is required.
PBAP connection
( P106)
Mobile phone that corresponds to the
Case, read at the time of the touch, the mobile phone
Without the side of the operation memory dial is read into the unit
It will be written. A Depending on your mobile phone
Indication of whether allow the access permission to the mobile phone side
It will be displayed. Also in the case of the PBAP connection di
It will be overwritten read in motion. Additional reading

You can not.


When the memory dial transfer is completed, the additional reading
Whether the message and take write appears
You. If you read in additional, yes Touch to
Please be.
Conserved information of the type and number of characters, memory number
Is, it will vary depending on the mobile phone.
Sea of mobile phone by your mobile phone
Memory diamond that has been registered by Klett function
Also imported Lumpur.
Own station number of the mobile phone also memory dial and simultaneous
There are times when it is read in.

It wants to erase the memory dial


The child erase the memory dial that is no longer needed
You bet you can.
Memo
Memory dial is clear that has been recorded in this unit
Will. memory dial of the connected mobile phone side
And historical information will not be erased.
Erasable memory dial, connected to this machine
It is only what you read from in a mobile phone. Contact
Switch the connection to the mobile phone
( P108)
And, consumption
Also switched the contents of the possible memory dialed
You.
While erasing the memory dial, memory dial machine
Noh
( P182)
There can not be used.

One
Memory dial touch the

( P182)
Two
Erasing I will touch on
Three
Touch the phone number you want to erase

In the selected phone number, and (check mark


H) marked with, you can choose continue.
Memo
Select All If you touch to all of the phone number is selected
Is-choice. All release When you touch, is selected
All telephone numbers are I will release.

Page 184

184
Use a mobile phone
CRA4803-A <184>
Four
Erasing I will touch on

A confirmation message is displayed.


Five
Yes I want to touch on

The selected phone number will be erased.


Memo
The erasing of the memory dial can take several minutes
There.
During the erasure of memory dial, OFF the power of the machine
And Do not in (the engine switch OFF)
There. There is a case where the selected data is not erased
You.

Erase the history information


Outgoing call history, call history, the missed call history information
You can be erased.
Memo
When switching the mobile phone to be connected, the Mobile phones, cellular
Call history when using the talk is no longer displayed

Will. When you reconnect, it will be displayed again.


If the registration of a mobile phone is deleted, its mobile
Incoming and outgoing history when using phones, automatic
It will be deleted.

One
Highlight the history items that you want to erase
Touch ( P182)
Two
Touch to erase you want history information

In the selected history information, and (check mark


H) marked with, you can choose continue.
Memo
Select All If you touch in all of history information is selected
Is-choice. All release When you touch, is selected
In history information has to release all.

Three
Erasing I will touch on

A confirmation message is displayed.


Four
Yes I want to touch on

The selected history information is erased.


Page 185

185
CRA4803-A <185>
Other operations
Use eco Manager
Acquisition, depending on the contribution of eco-driving confirmation of the (eco
prize) can be animal images and Ekoun
Rolling I will do history confirmation of evaluation. Also, fuel consumption setting
for performing an eco route display
Do you.
One
Press (menu), Ekoma
Neja touch the

Two
Touch to select the item
Eco prize thumbnail image of eco prize
It will display the surface.
( P186)
Fuel consumption set
General road, the fuel consumption of the high-speed road and its
Re you set respectively.
( P186)
Eco-driving evaluation
History
Latest eco luck and past 9 minutes
It will show the rolling evaluation history.
For eco-driving evaluation
In the eco-driving evaluation screen, sudden acceleration eco-driving,
Rapid acceleration, sudden deceleration, cruise, idling state
Evaluated in five stages from, the advice of operation
Do you. Screen, eco-information display of map
It will be displayed when the display.
( P42)
If you are driving by reference to the eco-driving evaluation,
Do not watch the navigation screen, luck can be safely care
Please be rolling death.

Memo
It is calculated from the speed and elapsed time. Sensor
Such as when in the initial learning, the vehicle speed is not calculated
There are times when it is not calculated correctly in the state.

"Navigation Works"
(P204)
Eco-driving evaluation by the traveling environment, such as steep road
Because there are times when it is low evaluation, rather than acknowledge
Please.
Point pressurized depending on the number of eco-driving evaluation
It is calculated, the acquisition level of eco prize is Kemah
Ri you. For more information
"About Eco Prize" (
P186)
Please visit.

Evaluation is carried out on a daily basis, the date is changed latest


Eco-driving evaluation of will be added stored in the history. To
If history is 9 to in, the oldest history
It will be deleted. Eco Money To check the history
In jar screen eco-driving evaluation history Touch
Give me.
In the following cases, the eco-driving evaluation screen appear
To do.
Intersection guidance in display
( P71)
Lane information, in the direction signboard display
( P70)
Sensor initial learning in
( P98)

Page 186

186
Use eco Manager
CRA4803-A <186>
Eco prize
The poi cumulative results of eco-driving evaluation until the day before
The cement was converted, the level of the field that corresponds to the point
It will display the image.
Eco prize thumbnail screen
Thumbnail
Image
detail image of the selected thumbnail image
It will display the surface.
( P186)
<< / >>
Eco prize thumbnail image
It will send to the previous page / next page.
Memo
Have points of eco-driving evaluation has reached the level

Image is not ? Appears in the display, touch eco


Prize detailed description message appear
Vinegar.
Depending on the image acquired in the eco prize, and Per
"User icon", "Beep" of Sonaraizu,
It can be set in the "induction icon". Personalized
For more information about the Izu,
"The personalization features
To use "
( P187)
Please visit.

Eco prize detail screen


Go back
Eco prize thumbnail image
It will return to the surface.
You want to fuel economy setting
Ordinary road, and it sets the fuel consumption during highway driving
You. Content is eco-friendly route that was set here
Display
( P65)
It will be reflected in the.
One
Fuel consumption setting touch the
( P185)
Two
General road mileage or highway
Fuel consumption touch the
Three
Enter the fuel consumption, input end standing in
Chisuru
Example: General road fuel consumption
Memo
Fuel consumption of the guideline has entered the factory. Input
Fuel consumption which forces customers to make yourself check the dealer, etc.
Please enter the fuel consumption was. In addition, the actual traveling
In road conditions, season, each use, such as how to drive
Since the fuel consumption may be different in the situation, the selected
It roots and is necessarily eco-friendly route
Not necessarily.


Page 187

187
CRA4803-A <187>
Other operations
Use the personalization features
And personalization features, in the case where the unit to become used with more
than one person, such as among family members, and use
Person (owner, user) different settings by your favorite (map display and volume
settings
Etc.) and it is also possible to separately registered, by switching the user, the original
configuration
It is a function that allows you to use the machine.
The user can register up to 4 people (owner one person, user 3 persons). (Owner
It has been pre-registered. )
Selected as the current user is the owner or user (1-3), the map screen lower right
It is displayed as a user icon to.
Memo
It is not possible to remove an owner. However, you can set and edit the owner
information.
When you register a user 1-3, when the power of this machine was to ON (ON the
engine switch), registered users
It looks like selection screen is displayed. If the user contact one person only, to set
and edit owner information
You.

Show personalized screen


Make
Personalized screen, and display of the operation history
And selected, the user registration and set-cutting
You can do such as recombination.
One
The user icon on the map screen
Touch

Personalize screen appears.

The operation history of being selected to mark


But it appears, a favorite

It is registered Te. My favorite


Registered operation history as
It is always displayed at the top of the list
It is. Again to be touch
That when the mark goes off, the Favorites
Registration will be canceled entered.
List items
Table operation history of the past 30 minutes
It is shown. the selected operation
You can run.
Settings User setting
It can be set for each user
Vinegar.
( P188)
Settings Erasure of history
You can erases all of the operation history.
User switching new registration and cut of the user
Instead, you can delete.
(
P191)
Memo
Operation history that is not registered in the favorites,
More than 30 reviews and will continue to be overwritten in the old order
You.
Favorites registration, you can register up to 30.
If you do erase history, all of it except for the favorite
Operation history is erased.

Page 188

188
CRA4803-A <188>
Setting the User
Settings and the navigation map display method for each user
Me you can, such as volume settings of Geshon.
One
Settings - User Settings and touch

and ( P187)

User Settings screen appears.


Icon
Set the user icon
You.
( P188)
User name
You set the user name.
( P188)
Volume
You set each volume.
(
P189)
Beep change
You set the operation sound.
(
P189)
Input keyboard keyboard set at the time of character input
It is a constant.
( P189)
Character expansion of map ON / OFF of character expansion of map
I set.
( P189)
Map view
Set the display method of map
You.
( P190)
Logo
A logo to be displayed map
Set you.
( P190)
Induction icon
Induction icon to display map
You set the pattern.
( P191)
Setting initialization
Factory settings to initialize
It will return to the state at the time.
Two
When you are finished, end standing in

Chisuru
You want to set the user icon
User icon or 20 kind of icon
I can et al setting.
The factory is the "pattern 1".
One
Icon I want to touch on
( P188)
Two
It will touch on your favorite icon
Memo
Icon acquired in eco prize (up to 12 species
You can also set Louis). Eco prize
For, more details
"About Eco Prize" (
P186)
Please visit.

You want to set the user name


You can set the user name of your choice. Maximum
Input number of characters is double-byte 7 characters.
The factory "owner" or "user
(1-3) is. "
One
User name you will touch on
( P188)
Two
Enter your user name, input end
It will touch on
Use the personalization features
Page 189

189
CRA4803-A <189>
Other operations
Set the volume
Ringtone of navigation of the guide volume and phone
The adjustment of the amount and the receiver volume, the ON / OFF of the operation
sound
You can set.
One

Volume to touch the ( P188)


Two
Set each item
Memo
Setting operation of volume,
"I set the volume of the navigation
A constant "
( P111)
This is the same as for.

You want to change the operation sound


The ringing when you touch the button on the screen and body
That you can set the operation sound.
The factory default is "BEEP 1".
One
Beep change it will touch on
( P188)
Two
It will touch on your favorite operation sound
Sound sounds when you touch to the list item, sure
You can be sure to.
Three
Back to Touch
Memo
Set the operation sound that was acquired in eco prize child
And I can also. Eco prize, and in detail
The
"About Eco prize" and ( P186)
It is Goranku
Please.

You want to set the input keyboard


Two types of input palette (keyboard-type input
Be performed by selecting from the mobile type input) and
You can.
The factory is "50 sound input".
One
Input keyboard you will touch on
( P188)
Two
50 sound input or mobile phone input

It will touch on
Three
Back to Touch
It will expand the character information of the map
Statement of place names and facility name to be displayed on a map screen
You can to enlarge the character.
The factory is "OFF".
One
Character expansion of map you want to touch on
( P188)
Use the personalization features
Page 190

190
CRA4803-A <190>
Two
ON or OFF touch the
Three
Back to Touch
You want to set the display method of map
You can set the display method of the map.
The factory is "normal view".
One
Map view I want to touch on
( P188)
Two
Normal view or Sky
View I want to touch on
Three
Back to Touch
You want to set the display of the logo
Child to display the logo of the facility on the map
You bet you can.
The factory is as follows.
Display: "ON"
Display Type: "0 Type"
One
Logo I want to touch on
( P188)
Two
Full list I want to touch on

Memo
Here return to the map screen when you touch to the genre
Ri, all the facilities of the selected genre on the map
It will be displayed.
List customize according to your taste
You bet you can.
( P45)

Three
Ja you want to display the logo
Touch the Nru
Four
Facility you want to display the logo
It will touch on

Indicator of the selected facility lights


is, you can choose continue.
Use the personalization features
Page 191

191
CRA4803-A <191>
Other operations
Memo
When you touch the facility again, the indicator consumption
The lights will be deselected.
To select the other genres of facilities, to return Touch the
Procedure
Three
Returning to the screen, the procedure
Three
~
Four
Repeatedly to
Give me.
The display setting display: OFF in the case of, the display: OFF Display: ON by touch, change the display settings
Give me.


Four
Back - Back - Back Touch to
Make
Memo
Logo display setting operation,
"Logo
You want to display settings "
( P44)
This is the same as for.

Set the induction icon


Set the induction icons such as destination and stop-off place
You can.
The factory is the "pattern 1".
One
Induction icon I want to touch on
( P188)
Two
It will touch on the pattern of your choice
Memo
Icon acquired in eco prize (maximum three
You can also set Louis). Eco prize
For, more details
"About Eco Prize" (
P186)
Please visit.

User switching menu


I use
You want to register a new user
A user other than the owner, user 1-3
You can register to.
Memo
If the user already 1-3 registered, new
I can not Tadashi registration. A registered user
Delete
( P192)
Please operate it from death.

One

User switching touch the


( P187)
Two
New registration I will touch on

User Settings screen appears.


Three
To the user settings ( P188)
Four
End it will touch on
Memo
When you make a new registration, after registration is completed as it is current
It is selected as the user of the standing.

Use the personalization features


Page 192

192
CRA4803-A <192>
Switch the user
Settings for each registered user value and operation footwear
To use the gravel, you can switch the user.
One
User switching touch the
( P187)
Two
Touch to users who want to switch
Make

to switch to the selected user.


You want to delete a user
The child Delete registered users than the owner
You bet you can.
One
User switching touch the
( P187)
Two
User deletion it will touch on
Three
Touch the user you want to delete

A confirmation message is displayed.


Four
Yes I want to touch on

The user is deleted.


Memo
It is not possible to remove an owner.
If you erase the user's currently selected, automatically
Owners will be the selected state.

Use the personalization features


Page 193

193
CRA4803-A <193>
Other operations
Use a smartphone cooperation function
Using the smartphone, the operation of the map (change of scroll or scale) and
destination
Setting, you can make the operation of the audio.
Memo
In order to use this function, the smart a dedicated application (NaviCon or smart
nAVVi Link)
You will need to download the Tofon. For information on setting up and usage of
smartphones, and App
Please refer to the help of Store or Google Play.
After preparation of the smartphone side is well-equipped, set to use the smartphone
cooperation function with this unit and the Bluetooth connection
Please be a constant.
"do Bluetooth Settings"
(P106)
When the setting is complete, the smartphone cooperation mark is displayed at the
bottom of the screen.
: Registration and set to the unit of the smartphone has been completed.
: Smart phone is connected. (Android smartphone will not be displayed)
: Connect the smartphone is complete, it is cooperation with the machine.
It does not allow operation of this function from the smartphone in hands-free
connection while driving.
For the connection corresponding smartphone, please contact your dealer.

Depending on the version up of a dedicated application, you may actual function is


manual and different.

Note
Please use always fixed smartphone. Rolling during traveling, and enters the bottom
of the brake pedal
And it is very dangerous.
The place to be in the way of to become the location and visibility interfere with the
operation when the safety device of the car, such as an air bag worked
Please do not fixed.
Please do not leave the passenger compartment smartphone. (Such as the scorching
sun, there are times when the passenger compartment becomes a high temperature.)
Please do not use as close to the machine the smartphone. If it is too close, connection
state child worsening
There is a door.

Use NaviCon app


Caveat
For safety, the driver smartphones while driving
Please do not operate the emissions.

One
By operating the smartphone
Start NaviCon app, ground
You want to display a figure screen

Connecting to this unit is carried out in automatic, NaviCon


Map at the same position with the map that is displayed in the,
It will appear in this unit.
Memo
Place that is not the map display depending on the state of the navigation screen
There is a case.
Map scroll, works also the scale of the change.

Android smartphone, own NaviCon


when the dynamic connection settings are disabled
It is not automatic connection. Na is automatic connection
If you win, you will conduct a manual connection operation
Sai.
NaviCon method of operation at startup, application
Please refer to the emissions of help.

Two
By operating the NaviCon app
Setting the destination or stop-off place

Configuration information is sent to the machine, the objective in this machine


Ground and stop-off place settings are done.
Page 194

194
CRA4803-A <194>
Memo
In the search result screen of this machine guidance start without touching the
To, when newly send the destination, it is displayed
That search results are canceled, new route
It is searched.
If you set multiple destinations in NaviCon, this unit
In point 1 is the destination, point 2 or later and place stop-off
And then it will be set. Ascending from the stop-off place point 2
It is set as close stop-off place in the destination.

NaviCon app you can be downloaded from the following.


http://www.denso.co.jp/ja/products/
aftermarket / info / navicon / index.html
This application will provide DENSO.
smart nAVVi Link apUse the reCaveat
For safety, the driver smartphones while driving
Please do not operate the emissions.


One
By operating the smartphone
the smart nAVVi Link app
Start

Connecting to this unit will be performed automatically.


Subsequent operations, "the destination setting" and
Refer to "the audio operation".
Memo
The smartphone appli- depending on the state of the navigation screen
There are times when it does not work in conjunction with the re.
Android smart phones, smart nAVVi Link
If the automatic connection settings have been disabled
It is not automatic connection. Not automatic connection
If was, please manually connect operation.
smart nAVVi Link startup method of operation, apPlease refer to the publication of help.

smart nAVVi Link app downloaded from the following


You can do.
http://smartnavvilink.com/
This application, Aisin AW Co., Ltd.
It offers.
Make the destination setting
One
and Misao a smart nAVVi Link app
To enter the destination search mode by work
Two
the smart nAVVi Link app
Set of destination or stop-off areas by operating
It will be a constant

Configuration information is sent to the machine, the objective in this machine


Ground and stop-off place settings are done.
Memo
When you send a stop-off place in the absence of destination, purpose
It is set as the earth.
In the search result screen of this unit guidance start without pressing the,

When newly send the destination or stop-off place, it is displayed


In which search results are canceled, newly Lou
It will be To search.

Use a smartphone cooperation function


Page 195

195
CRA4803-A <195>
Other operations
Make the audio operation
One
the smart nAVVi Link app
The operation to audio cooperation mode
I go to
Two
Li smart nAVVi Link app
In remote control screen, the audio operation
Make

Operation signal is sent to the machine, Misao of each function


Work you can.
Common remote control
AUDIO OFF
AV source is turned OFF
You.
MODE
It switches the AV source in order
You.
DISC
Music CD and CD-R / RW, etc.
It will play.
TV
It receives the one-segment broadcasting
You.
VTR
You can not operate on this unit.
Folder /
Album
Folder / album / ing

Loops and presets tea


I will up the tunnel.
Folder /
Album
Folder / album / ing
Loops and presets tea
I will down the tunnel.
Track
Track / file and preAnd met the set channel
You flops.
When you long touch, fast-forward
I play.
Track
Track / file and preThe Dow set channel
You down.
When you long touch, and rewind
I play.
+ Volume
Volume will increase.
- Volume
Volume will decrease.
Memo
When the AV source touches to OFF at MODE,
It becomes AV source prior to the AV source to OFF
You.
AV source is long touch to ON at MODE
And, AV source is turned OFF.

DTV remote control


d
You can not operate on this unit.
1-12
A preset channel
And tuning.
ch
Preset channel
I will up. Track
Click / files I up

Thing I can.
ch
Preset channel
I will down. Track
Click / files I down
Thing I can.
+ Volume
Volume will increase.
- Volume
Volume will decrease.
decision
You can not operate on this unit.
Data broadcasting Misao
Create key
(Blue / red / green / yellow)
You can not operate on this unit.
Use a smartphone cooperation function
Page 196

196
CRA4803-A <196>
Adjust the touch position of the touch panel
For example, when you feel a shift in the touch position that actually react with the
touch key on the screen to adjust to
Rukoto I can. (Touch panel calibration)
And 4-point adjustment to be performed on the screen four corners in the adjustment,
there is a 16-point adjustment to be performed in detail in the whole screen.
Please touch lightly on the screen using the ones that are not always pointed tip of a
cotton swab.

Memo
When ending the touch panel adjustment midway, long press (menu) or (current
location) or (O
Please press the audio).
If you press, to return to the screen of the navigation,
If you press,
It will return to the AV screen.

One
(Menu) press for more than 2 seconds

Image quality adjustment screen


( P25)
There will be displayed.
Two
Remains of image quality adjustment screen
(Menu) press for more than 2 seconds

Touch panel adjustment screen appears.


Three
Touch the four corners of the screen
Four
And press (menu)

Adjustment results are saved.


Five
Press again (menu)

It will go to the 16-point adjustment.


Six
Among the + mark displayed on the screen
Touch the heart

After 16-point touch, and is displayed on the screen + Marr


When you touch the clock, the adjustment result is saved
You.
Memo
Please do not turn off the engine during storage.
To return to the previous adjustment, the (Menu) Press
Please be.

Seven
(Menu) press for more than 2 seconds

Exit adjustment and displayed before performing the image quality adjustment
It is to return to the screen had.
Memo
If the touch panel adjustment can not be performed properly
, Please consult your dealer.

Page 197

197
CRA4803-A <197>
With
Recording
Handling Precautions
Correct how to use the LCD screen
Handling Precautions
If you put a commercially available liquid crystal protection film, touch
It may be detrimental to the operation of the panel
You.
LCD screen should use it within a specified temperature range
There.
( P222)
Be used for a long time in a state in which the direct sunlight
Once, a fear that it becomes high temperature, the LCD screen fails
I have. direct sunlight as much as possible
Please do not.
LCD screen, in order to improve visibility in the car
It has become exposed. The failure to fear
Since there will, without pressing strongly LCD screen
Give me.
Since it becomes a cause of scratches and dirt, liquid crystal image
When you touch the surface, and make sure that you touch with your fingertips
Sai.
About the LCD screen
The shiny little black dots or bright in the LCD screen
You may leave a point (bright point). Is this,
This is not a malfunction on the LCD screen of the peculiar phenomenon.
If the direct sunlight on the LCD screen, the light reflection
It is because it becomes difficult to see the screen, direct sunlight
Please block the.
If the ambient temperature becomes your in a low situation
The characteristics on the afterimage of a liquid crystal is easily noticeable
There is the image quality is degraded. Ambient temperature
If the Takamare to return to normal image quality.

For LED backlight


Model summer and scorching sun, the warm air of the air conditioner directly
Monitor part is a high-temperature state When Nita part
When to become, for the LED protection, automatically backing
You may narrow down the brightness of the krait.
The life of the LED backlight is 10,000 hours or more
But, life is short when it comes to your under high temperature
There are times when it becomes.
When the LED backlight is the life, the screen
It can become dark, or no longer picture appears
You. At this time, where you will find your dealer
Please contact us.
Cleaning
Dirt of dust and LCD screen attached to the LCD screen
And from when to cleaning, turn off the power, soft
Please be wiped from the lower clean cloth.
When you wipe the LCD screen, it does not scratch with claws
Please note strangely. The trees on the LCD screen
Figure is attached video will difficult to see.
Do not use wet cloth or chemically treated cloth
Please Do not. In addition, benzine and thinner
The Do volatile chemicals are not used, such as
Sai.
Disk of the correct How to Use
Handling Precautions
The use Kedah the disk marked with the following mark
Sai.
CD
Using cracks, scratches, and a sled disk
Please do not.
Disk of special shape, you do not want to use in Kedah
Sai. This may cause a malfunction.
When holding a disc, shining on the recording surface (iridescent
Please do not touch the surface) to have.
Please do not scratch the disc.

Page 198

198
CRA4803-A <198>
Use a disk that can be printed on the label surface
to time, instructions and notes of disk
Please check. Depending on the disc,
There are things that can not be inserted or taken out
You. The use of such disks,
It may cause a malfunction of your camcorder.
The disk, One stuck a commercially available label
Please do not only. Warpage occurs in the disk
Te, it can cause you can not be reproduced. Or
It was, when the label is peeled off during playback, disc
Clause no longer be taken out, the cause of the failure of this unit
It will be.
Memo
Although we are conscious on the product design, and walk on the mechanism
Due to the handling of the usage environment disk,
Scratch degree no practical use hindrance to the disk surface
You may have to stick. In this, the product failure
It is not. The faster your understanding as a general exhaustion
Please.
The kinds of disc that can be played or file format
Etc. For
The "Types of Playable disc" (
P200)
Please visit.

Cleaning
When the disc is dirty, soft and beautiful

In such a cloth, and from the inside of the disc to the outside
Please wipe lightly Te.
To disk, volatile such as benzene or thinner
Please do not put the departure of the chemicals. In addition,
The disk, for analog phonograph record
Cleaner, do not use such as antistatic agent
Please Do not.
Precautions storage
Disk, hit the place and high of direct sunlight
Where you become hot, please do not keep.
So the disk is not empty, always the case
Please keep it put.

For disc playback of environment


The data on the disk is exactly in the vibration while driving
You may not be read.
The disk immediately after the low temperature at the time, was placed in a heater
When you start playing, of inside the unit lens and di
With a dew to the disk, it can not be normal playback
There is a thing. In such a case, 1:00
During the more is left to you wait until naturally take the dew
Chikudasai. Dew attached to the disk is soft
Please wipe in the stomach cloth.
Work is the protection function becomes hot, disk reRaw stops.
Right on using the SD card
Handling Precautions
Hit the place and Toko to become high temperature of direct sunlight
Roniwa, please do not keep.
and bend, you can give a shock, it can not drop
Please do not. This may cause a malfunction.
Please do not touch with wet hands. Failure of the original
It becomes cause.
The terminal portion Do not touch the metals and hand
There. This may cause a malfunction.
Protection of data

The important data that has not been backed up


When etc. are stored, write protection
Extract (write protection) slide the switch
Please to LOCK by.

Handling Precautions
Page 199

199
CRA4803-A <199>
With
Recording
Notices radio waves
This unit is small power data communication is based on the Radio Law Shea
As stem radio station equipment, technical standards Conformity Certificate
We have received a light. Therefore, using this machine
A radio station license is not required when you want to
It does. Also this machine can be used only in Japan
You.
That you do the following matters to be punished by law
I have.
The decomposition / remodeling that.
And peel off the certification label that is attached to the machine
Thing.
Wireless functions of this machine, the frequency band of 2.4 GHz
I hate the radio waves. This frequency band
Of radio waves various equipment (microwave oven, no
Line LAN equipment, etc.) is No uses
In, due to the interference of radio waves, the wireless functions of this machine
Child it becomes difficult to voice it is heard or interrupted
There is a door. In addition, the Ya operation of other equipment
It can affect performance. This
In the machine less susceptible to interference method
But, please note the following contents.

AV equipment and security utilizing a wireless LAN


In an environment that is using such equipment, the unit
If you use the wireless feature, choppy voice,
A significant impact on the operation of the wireless LAN equipment
It may give.
Other, also in the following equipment, 2.4 GHz of the frequency
There are those that use radio waves in several zones or
Vinegar. In the vicinity of these devices, voice abrasive
It can be, it may become unusable. Or
It was, to affect the operation of the other device
I have.
Fire alarms, wireless AV equipment (hand
Levi, video, computer, etc.)
Logistics management systems, such as factories and warehouses,
Railway vehicles and the emergency vehicle identification system
Microwave therapy equipment, game machines of the wire
Les controller
Automatic door electronic article surveillance (bookstore
Such as, CD shops)

*
*

*
*
*
*
Automatic control equipment and other, Bluetooth

Versus
instruments and VICS (road transportation network system)
Amateur radio stations, etc.

the radio equipment that uses the "2.4" GHz band


It represents you.
"FH" it represents the modulation scheme.
"1" envisioned and interfering distance (about 10 m)
It represents the.

Specified low-power radio stations for mobile identification from this unit
Cases of harmful interference occurs against
When that occurred that troubled something you like if was
, Please contact your dealer.
*
*
Handling Precautions
Page 200

200
CRA4803-A <200>
About disk
Type of disc that can be played
The following mark, title surface of the disc, package
Cage or I am attached to the jacket,.
CD
CD-EXTRA, the child playing as a music CD
You bet you can.
With copy guard function CD (Copy Control
CD, etc.) does not conform to the official CD standard
Therefore, you may not be able to play.
Other than those recorded in music CD recorder
CD-R / RW discs are able to play successfully
You might not.
CD-RW disc, insert the disc
From before playback begins, normal CD or CD-R
There is a case where time than disk-consuming
You.
CD-R / RW that has not been finalized
Disk, or if the playback you can not play
It may take some time to start
You.
For more information about the handling of CD-R / RW disc,
Disk of instructions and note the read enough you
Give me.
DDCD recorded in (Double Density CD) format
Sound has been CD-R / RW disc playback can
To do.
For music that was recorded in the music CD recorder
In CD-R / RW disc, and characteristics of the disc

And scratches, dirt, or the lens of the present inside the unit,
Due to dirt, dew, do not be played on this unit
It might have.
Such as direct sunlight or high temperatures, storage conditions in the car
By, it may no longer be reproduced
You.
Recorded disk in PC (personal computer) is a positive
Those that have been recorded in the Shii format playback
can you, but the set of application software
If you can not play such as by Joya environment
I have. (For more information about the application
Contact Kedah to tion software publishers
Sai. )

This machine, music data (CD) and WMA / MP3


Any data (CD-R / RW) are mixed
To have to play the disk I support
But data reproduced music data (CD)
Only it becomes.
The configuration of the disk
CD, a disc in units of track
It divides.
In general, 1 songs corresponding to one track
It is doing. Moreover track index
In some cases, it has been divided by the unit of scan
You.
Track 1
Track 2
CD
Track 3
Track 4
Track 5


Page 201

201
CRA4803-A <201>
With
Recording
For WMA / MP3 / AAC / WAV file
Folders and WMA / MP3 /
About AAC / WAV file
Disc that was recorded the WMA / MP3 files
Click or, WMA / MP3 / AAC / WAV file
Below is the image in the SD card was recorded
It looks like Figure.
1 Tier 2 Tier 3 hierarchy
This machine recording of the WMA / MP3 files
The CD-R / RW (CD-ROM mode
Mode 1, Mode 2, FORM1, FORM2
In correspondence) and, WMA / MP3 / AAC / WAV
reproduction of the SD card which the file was recorded
I supports.
Disk, level 1 of ISO9660, Contact
And level 2, and extended format
(Joliet, Romeo) is recorded in accordance with
The disk is playable was.
This machine was recorded in multi-session method
It supports the playback of a disc.
It does not support packet writing.
Now in response to the play list of m3u
To do.
MP3i (MP3 interactive) format,
And corresponding to MP3 PRO format
It has not.

The total number of folders that can play a maximum

192 (in the case of CD-R / RW) / 300 (SD


It is a case of).
The total number of files that can be played, the maximum
255 (in the case of CD-R / RW) / 5 000 (SD
It is a case of).
In accordance with the extended format (Romeo)
In the case of recorded files, and earlier in the em
28 characters from the head, in the half-width from the top 56
It is corresponding to the display of up to characters.
Folder is selected in the operation, such as playback
That order is included to write in writing software
Mareta it will order. However, Lighty
Depending on the ring software, set the order of play
There are also things that can be constant.
Memo
Folder numbers are assigned this unit. Customers
Like it is you can not assign.
Do not include the WMA / MP3 / AAC / WAV file
There folder does not recognize (folder number
Without the display, and then skip).
The disk with many of the hierarchy, playback begins or
It takes time to in. When creating disk,
It is recommended that to the hierarchy to two or less.
The sum of the folder that is included in the disk 192
It is renewable up to pieces.

The WMA?
The WMA, "Windows Media Audio"
It stands for, in the United States Microsoft Corporation
Therefore it is an audio compression method has been developed.
WMA data, Windows Media Player
It is encoded using the Ver.7 later
I can.
Memo
Application that was encoded WMA files
Some tion, it is not working properly and Kotogaa
Ri you.
Application that was encoded WMA files

Some tion, and character information, such as the album name


There is that will not be displayed correctly.

Page 202

202
For WMA / MP3 / AAC / WAV file
CRA4803-A <202>
To WMA files that can be played
About
Memo
When you name the WMA files, and files
Please with the extension (.wma) after the filename.
File this unit, the extension (.wma) are attached
It will play as a WMA file. Noise Ya
It will be the cause of failure, WMA files or more
Please do not put the extension (.wma) to the outside.
In this machine, Windows Media Player Ver7 /
WMA files that were encoded using the 8/9
You can play the.
Play the WMA file that contains the image data
If, it can take a long time before playback begins
There.

As album (album name of WMA Tag


Display), title (displayed as a song title), artist
(Display as an artist name) displayed in a pair of
We respond.
Sampling of playable WMA files
Ing frequency is 32 kHz ~ 48 kHz (CD-R /
In the case of RW) / 8 kHz ~ 48 kHz (SD of
It is the case).
Corresponding bit rate is 4 8 kbps ~

320 kbps (the case of a CD-R / RW) / 5 kbps


It is ~ 320 kbps (the case of SD). The pair in VBR
We respond.
It is protected by digital rights management (DRM)
You can not play the file. All
place the files are protected by DRM
If, you can not play in this machine.
It does not correspond to the following format.
Windows Media Audio 9
Professional
Windows Media Audio 9 Lossless
(Lossless compression)
Windows Media Audio 9 Voice

And MP3?
MP3 and is, of "MPEG Audio Layer 3"
It stands, standard Four on voice compression technology
Matt.
in can be played MP3 file
About
Memo
ITunes of you encode MP3 files
Depending on the version, the characters, such as file name
There is that information is not displayed correctly.
When naming an MP3 file, and file
Please with the extension (.mp3) after the name.
File this machine, that with the extension (.mp3)
It will play as MP3 files. Noise and late
It can cause disability, other than the MP3 file
Please do not put the extension (.mp3) to.

ID3 Tag of the album (as the album name


Display), title (displayed as a song title), artist
(Display as an artist name) displayed in a pair of
We respond.

Version of the corresponding possible ID3 Tag is


1.0, 1.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4. In addition,
ID3 Tag of Ver.1.X and Ver.2.X are mixed
If you have that is, Ver.2.X takes precedence.
Corresponding sampling of playable MP3 files
Ing frequency, 16 kHz ~ 48 kHz (CD-R /
In the case of RW) / 8 kHz ~ 48 kHz (SD of
It is the case). It supports the emphasis.
The corresponding bit rate is 8 kbps ~ 320 kbps
It is. VBR to me support.

Page 203

203
For WMA / MP3 / AAC / WAV file
CRA4803-A <203>
With
Recording
The AAC?
The AAC, and "Advanced Audio Coding"
Stands, sound is used in MPEG2, MPEG4 in
This is the standard format for voice compression technology.
To AAC files that can be played
About
Memo
ITunes of you writing the AAC file
Depending on the version, the characters, such as file name
There is that information is not displayed correctly.
When you name the AAC files, and file
Please with the extension (.m4a) after the name.
This machine, the extension that has been created in iTunes (.m4a)
as AAC files a file that is attached
Play. The No cause noise or failure
In, other than AAC file extension (.m4a)
Please do not put.
A place to play the AAC file containing the image data
If, it takes time before playback begins Kotogaa
Ri you.

Table as album (album name of AAC Tag


Shows), title (displayed as a song title), artist (ah
In response to the display of the display as Tisuto name)
There you.
ITunes have to encode the AAC file
Depending on the version, it is played correctly
You might not.
Playable AAC files of sampling
Frequency is 8 kHz~48 kHz.
Corresponding stereo bit rate is 8 kbps ~
Is 320 kbps.
This product corresponds to the form of the following
No.
* Apple Lossless

And WAV?
The WAV,
It stands for "Waveform", Windows

This is the standard audio format in.


The WAV file that can be played
About
Memo
When you assign a name to the WAV file, file
Please with the extension (.wav) after the filename.
File this unit, the extension (.wav) are attached
It will play as a WAV file. Noise and late
It can cause disability, other than the WAV file
Please do not put the extension (.wav) is in.

This unit has been encoded in LPCM format


It supports playback of WAV files.

This unit of 16 kHz ~ 48 kHz sampling


Rhino recorded WAV files in ing frequency
Raw it supports.
Generally WAV files, quantization bits
The higher the number, the better the sound quality is. This
Machine is recorded in the number of quantization bits of 8/16 bit
It has been to support the playback of WAV files
You. However, it is easier to music at a certain sound quality
The Shimutame, the higher the number of quantization bits
It is recommended that you record.

Page 204

204
CRA4803-A <204>
how the current position is found
In this machine, the better to positioning the current position (vehicle position)
In addition to GPS, modulo, and measurement by autonomous navigation
Much is possible.
The positioning by GPS
Electricity for position measurement from the GPS satellite (satellite)
System that receives the wave, and measures the current location
There GPS (Global Positioning System:
It is a global positioning system).
GPS satellites around the earth advanced 21 000
It has been launched in km. Three or more
Upon receiving a radio wave of the GPS satellite, positioning is possible
It will be. The positioning by the GPS, three-dimensional
There are two types of positioning and two-dimensional positioning.
Type
Content
And receive the radio waves of three-dimensional positioning GPS satellite in good
condition
When you can trust is, latitude, longitude, and
It can positioning with a high degree of three-dimensional.
To be able to receive radio waves of two-dimensional positioning a GPS satellite
Also, is not very good reception state
The time, measured in a two-dimensional latitude and longitude
Place to. Altitude it was not able positioning

Eyes, and positioning than in the three-dimensional positioning


Error of is slightly larger.
The positioning by autonomous navigation
Built-in 3D hybrid sensors, ran
The distance from the car of the vehicle speed pulse, crooked and who
In the counter-vibration gyro sensor, the slope of the road surface
In an inclinometer (G sensor) detects each
Te, it is indexing the current location.
Features of positioning that combines GPS and dead reckoning
And the current location of the data by GPS, dead reckoning
Always combining location data by
In order that, to perform more highly accurate positioning
Thing I can.
Electric wave of the GPS satellite can not be received
Also it is followed by positioning the autonomous navigation
You can.
Alone positioning by autonomous navigation, of You are here
the display may come shifted gradually or
Vinegar. The combination of GPS and dead reckoning,
Fix the deviation of the autonomous navigation by GPS positioning
Since it is possible to, the positioning accuracy is high
Will.
To enhance positioning accuracy
Mechanism
The role of 3D hybrid sensor
Built-in 3D hybrid sensors, self-reliance
In order to increase the positioning accuracy of the navigation itself, a high precision
It is utilized in degrees 3D hybrid system
There you.
High precision 3D hybrid system
When the vehicle speed pulse is input, the 3D
And Ken the altitude difference by hybrid sensor
The ability to leave, or enable highly precise positioning is
To (high-precision 3D hybrid system).

Navigation mechanisms
Page 205

205

CRA4803-A <205>
With
Recording
Map matching
Error is raw in the positioning by GPS and autonomous navigation
Because there is a thing Jill, it is here is in addition to the road
It may become. In such cases, "car
I believe that those running on the road ", the current location is near
A map-match function to modify to Kuno on the road
It is the ring.
If you map matching
In this machine, a high accuracy GPS and dead reckoning
Map matching is work on where the positioning
Because, it enables more accurate location display
You.
Memo
Even if the road is displayed at the city map, and the
The Mappuma~tsu the road to route search or the road
You might not be able to quenching.

About error
When the following situations, the error is it big
There is Rukoto.
The error caused by the GPS positioning disabled
When you are in the following locations, GPS satellite
Can not be received radio waves of the star is blocked
Therefore, it can not be positioning by GPS
I have.
Between the dense trees
Highway of two-layer structure
Under the
The Ya in the tunnel
Building parking
Crowd area of high-rise buildings

The following cases, and under the influence of electromagnetic interference,


Do not be temporarily receiving a radio wave of GPS satellite
You may Kunar.
- The car phone Ya in the vicinity of the GPS antenna
We're using a mobile phone.
The wax of paint and car GPS antenna

Please do not painted a. Sensitivity is reduced


Or, you can not receive radio waves
There. Also, the product is snow on the antenna
That and the sensitivity will be reduced, and snow removal
Give me.
The error caused by the GPS satellite itself
GPS satellites are managed by the US Department of Defense
it is has been, satellite itself is a deviation intentionally
Position data may be transmitted between
Vinegar. Such error of positioning is large when such
I will listen.
Capture small number of the (receive) can be that satellite
Itoki, the error is large to become a two-dimensional positioning
Masu no longer.
For the error of a fee-flyover
And when you get on and off the toll road, flyover,
When traveling the road of the crossing, the gradient
the detected to do the distance correction. Gradient data
The roads but not recorded, do not be corrected
It may damage error increases.
For the vehicle position accuracy at low speed
The car at the time of low speed of a few km / h depending on the type of vehicle
There are those that speed signal is not output. Its
In such models, congestion in and parking (underground stationed
Followed by a low-speed running of the order of a few km / h in the car park, etc.)
And, Kotogaa the vehicle position is not accurately display
Ri you.

Navigation mechanisms
Page 206

206
CRA4803-A <206>
We ran the angle of the small Y-shaped intersection
Case.
The straight lines and gentle curve,
Shortly after that I ran long distance.
Gravel roads and snow-covered road, etc., Thailand

If ya have slip.
If you have a meandering operation.
Such as steep mountain road gradient, high and low
If you ran the road with a difference.
When fitted with a chain
And, in the tire of a different size
If you replaced.

In such as parking, turn


And carried out the turning of the table
Case was.
Hairpin curve was followed
Case.
If the road is close
(Such as a toll road and the side road).
Turning and cutting, etc. multistory parking garage
If you have repeated returns Ri.
It does not can positioning by GPS
If stomach state lasted long.
It passed through the loop, such as Bridge
Case.

The new road is not the map information


If you ran.
Such as ferries and vehicle transporters
If in you move.
Congestion, etc., and Ya start at a low speed
If you have repeated the stop.
We ran the grid pattern of the road
Case.
The road in the facility, such as a factory

Running, road adjacent to the facility


If you are close to the road.
And run quickly over the engine
If you began to row.
Different tire of aspect ratio and size
If it is not long in exchange.

For other error


Navigation mechanisms
Page 207

207
CRA4803-A <207>
With
Recording
Failure kana? If you think
Before requesting repair, please check the following content. The repaired even if the
check
If not, please consult your dealer.
Common items
Symptom
Cause
Treatment
"Cis that it detects a high or low temperature
It will pause the tem. Until the return
Please be patient. Message that "
Sage is displayed.
Air conditioning vents
Such that it has installed near
But because, navigation
The internal temperature of the body down high
Kumata was lower.
Until the temperature to operate normally
Please wait. The return to the normal temperature
And that, [whether high or low temperature state

Luo system is ready for operation


It has returned. ] And it will be displayed.
Message referred to as "running can not be operated."
Sage is displayed.
It can not be operated while driving
It was operated the function.
Some features, Misao while driving for safety
It does not allow you to work. Safety
Parking brake in stop at a place
Please operate it from over the trees.
Navigation
Symptom
Cause
Treatment
You can not positioning the vehicle position.
Positioning error is large.
And shielding the radio waves on top of the GPS antenna
We have things at that.
Do not put anything on top of the GPS antenna
Please Do not.
3D hybrid sensor is properly academic
Learning that are not.
Memo 3D hybrid sensor
Reset Lee
( P98)
And then learning
Please to try again.
Vehicle position is shifted.
Positioning error.
For prone location of positioning error,
"About error" and ( P205)
Please visit.
Memo 3D hybrid sensor
Reset Lee
( P98)
And then learning
Please to try again.
Hands-free calling time to,
Sound size in the call the other side
Ku hear.
Of the other party side voice (from the speakers

Voice) is enters into the microphone. Eh


Coe is the other party's voice the vehicle speakers
It caused to enter the microphone through
In I will occur.
Improved by decreasing the earpiece volume
It may be able to
( "Navigation
To set the volume of the tion "(P111))
.
However, on the mechanism of the machine, completely sound
Can be eliminated trees (echo)
To do. Also, call the other party loud voice
It hard to further interviews when speak in
Since Ri will, through an ordinary size of voice
Please speak.
In connection with the Bluetooth device
Not wood.
This unit is able to communicate with the Bluetooth device
It has become in no state.
Or power cycle the Bluetooth equipment,
Car engine switch (ACC) and OFF /
Please be ON.
Turn on the Bluetooth device later
When was, either you wait about a minute,
"Switching the Bluetooth device" ( P108)
By the operation, and Bluetooth connection
Please select the Bluetooth device.
Page 208

208
CRA4803-A <208>
Audio
Common items
Symptom
Cause
Treatment
No sound.
Volume is set to 0.
Please raise the volume.
It is muted.
Please cancel the mute.

No picture.
It does not apply a parking brake. The Kaketekuda the parking brake
Sai.
It has become the navigation standby state.
And be sure to release the Navi standby
There.
temporarily turn off the "screen (Nabisuta
-Standby) "
(P24)
The navigation on the monitor
Image of not displayed.
Monitor, the navigation screen
It is not switched.
(You are here) it is going to change the screen
Please.
Speed before or behind
No sound from the car.
It is appropriate adjustment of the front and rear volume balance
No.
Please properly adjusted and set.
"fader / balance setting"
(P145)
Left or right speaker
No sound from.
It is a proper regulation of the left and right volume balance
No.
I can not image quality adjustment.
It does not apply a parking brake. Please take the parking brake.
In the LCD screen, small
There are black spots and bright spots.
In the liquid crystal of the peculiar phenomenon, and there is a malfunction
To do.
Of display image is jagged
It is.
Wide screen phenomenon peculiar, in failure
No.
FM / AM
Symptom
Cause

Treatment
"Gee during radio reception
Gee, miscellaneous of heavy rainfall "
Sound often.
Radio broadcasting station is weak.
You should be try to tune the other broadcast stations
There.
"receive a radio broadcast"
(P124)
Such as there is an obstacle around, the reception state
It is not good.
When the reception state becomes good, noise is also small
Masu no longer.
It can not be automatic tuning.
There is no strong radio broadcast stations.
Manual Please be tuning in.
"Radio
You receive the broadcast. "
(P124)
Failure kana? If you think
Page 209

209
CRA4803-A <209>
With
Recording
CD / CD-R / RW (WMA / MP3)
Symptom
Cause
Treatment
Play the CD-R and CD-RW
Can not.
Disc is finalized
Not.
Please to finalize the disc.
The WMA / MP3 files again
I can not live.
And ".wma" to WMA files,
The expansion of the ".mp3" to MP3 files
Papier-mache is not attached.
Extension ".wma" to WMA files, MP3

Disk with the extension ".mp3" to the file


Please replace bother.
ISO9660 level 1, level
2, Romeo, in compliance with the Joliet
Not recorded.
Les Bell 1 of ISO9660, Les Bell 2,
Romeo, was recorded in accordance with Joliet
Please replace the disk.
Bit rate that does not correspond to
In are recorded.
It was recorded at a bit rate which corresponds to
Please be in WMA / MP3 files.
WMA / MP3 file playback
Big noise comes in.
There is a format and file extension
It is not.
Please replace the disk (WMA format
File in the ".wma", in MP3 format and are not
And with the extension of ".mp3" to not file
Please do not play the CD-R / RW was).
Listen want WMA / MP3 file
Il can not be found.
And ".wma" to WMA files,
The expansion of the ".mp3" to MP3 files
Papier-mache is not attached.
Extension ".wma" to WMA files, MP3
Disk with the extension ".mp3" to the file
Please replace bother.
Folder name or file
Name is not displayed correctly.
ISO9660 level 1, level
2, Romeo, in compliance with the Joliet
Not recorded.
Les Bell 1 of ISO9660, Les Bell 2,
Romeo, was recorded in accordance with Joliet
Please replace the disk.
WMA / MP3 file playback
But it is different from the recorded order.
WMA / MP3 files, record
Play in the order at the time of the
there are times when it is not.

Depending on the writing software,


Folder name, and the numbers at the beginning of the file name
By attaching (01, 02, etc.), play
You might be able to specify the order.
It was "hot or cold,
Because, you can not play. Day
Remove the disk to Do
There. "Message that
It is displayed.
In the vicinity of the air conditioning outlet
such causes that the installed, Na
The internal temperature of the navigation body
It becomes higher or lower.
Remove the disk, it operates normally temperature
Please wait until the time. Improved
If not, please consult your dealer.
"I do not play. Di
Remove the disk to Do
There. "Message that
It is displayed.
and "you can not play disc
It is. Message. "
There is displayed.
The disc is extremely dirty. Please wipe off the dirt of the disk.
There is a scratch or warp in the disk. It will continue to exchange to no scratches and
warping disc
Please.
Inserted to the front and back surfaces of the disk in reverse
Have input.
Title surface of the disc is inserted in the upper
Please be.
Disk that can not be played on this unit
It has inserts.
The "Types of Playable Disk" ( P200)
The
Please check, disk that can be played on this unit
Please replace bother.
Failure kana? If you think
Page 210

210

CRA4803-A <210>
TV
Symptom
Cause
Treatment
Screen is stopped.
Screen reflected and jittery,
It has dropped frames.
Square of the noise on the screen
It reflected.
such as when the reception state worsens,
It becomes such symptoms. These
In terrestrial digital broadcasting peculiar phenomenon,
This is not a malfunction.
Go to a stable location of the receiving state
Please viewing.
Voice switching , subtitle switching of
Thin display of the touch key
It is not unchanged outright have been.
Program being received, release their information
Not sent.
In programs that are broadcasting their information
Please operate.
It can not be received.
"Unable to receive"
Message is displayed.
"I'm going to run a scan
Message that the Sai "is
It is displayed.
It is not the channel scanning. The outside of the battery and when you first use
When you, "audience setting clear"
(
P132)
When you have the will, the channels on
Please refer to the scan.
"the station
To be registered automatically (channel scan) "
(P131)
The move, channel power being received
Waves are weakened.
Conversion cut the other relay stations (channels)

Please be Etemi. Eriapurise~tsu


If you have received in the To other way
Also according to the auto broadcasting station search settings
Te, automatically receive a possible relay station and system
It will switch to column stations. In that can be received
The outright automatically looking for a relay station and affiliated stations
It can be changed.
The "auto release
Oku-kyoku Search Settings "
(P132)
Or more broadcast stations (channels) is, other
Reception environment is strange to go to the area
Divided.
when the reception environment has changed, and Chan
Please refer to the channel scan.
"Registering automatically broadcast stations (channels
Rusukyan) "
(P131)
Reception level is lowered, broadcast reception
Can not.
Go to a stable location of the receiving state
Please viewing.
Message of "ANTENNA"
Sage is displayed.
There is a problem with the one-segment for the antenna. Please consult your dealer.
"Antenna connection error possible
There is a potential. Called "
Message is displayed.
"Channel is registered
It does not have. Message that "
Sage is displayed.
The tea in the preset channel list
Tunnel is not registered.
And be sure to channel scan
There.
"broadcasting station is registered automatically (tea
Down channel scan) "
(P131)
"Capable of receiving Sabisugaa
Must not. Message that "
Hemorrhoids are displayed.

Service is not registered.


"This channel is registered
You ca n't. Message that "
Sage is displayed.
It can be memory to user presets
If you try to register a no channel
It was.
Registration is looking for a channel that can be registered
Please be.
Failure kana? If you think
Page 211

211
CRA4803-A <211>
With
Recording
Symptom
Cause
Treatment
"Currently, this service
It can not be viewed. Called "
Message is displayed.
It exists as a broadcast (service)
But it is not broadcast.
"There is no video information."
Message is an indication that
It is.
It is a program of voice only.
"While driving voice only in the Contact
Please enjoy. Called "
Message is displayed.
I tried to watch TV while driving.
For safety, the child to see the video while driving
You can not. And stop in a safe place
Or over the parking brake by
Please Ragoran.
SD card
Symptom
Cause

Treatment
WMA / MP3 / AAC / WAV
You can not play the file.
".wma" To WMA files, MP3
".mp3" To the file, AAC files
".m4a" Le, the WAV file
It does not have the extension ".wav".
Extension ".wma" to WMA files,
Extension ".mp3" to MP3 files,
Extension ".m4a" to AAC files,
The extension ".wav" to the WAV file
Please put.
Recorded at a bit rate that does not correspond to
That has been.
Record is at a bit rate that corresponds to
To WMA / MP3 / AAC files
Please be.
You want to listen to WMA / MP3 /
AAC / WAV files found
Not shell.
".wma" To WMA files, MP3
".mp3" To the file, AAC files
".m4a" Le, the WAV file
It does not have the extension ".wav".
Extension ".wma" to WMA files,
Extension ".mp3" to MP3 files,
Extension ".m4a" to AAC files,
The extension ".wav" to the WAV file
Please put.
It is recognized in you have a personal computer
SD card that is, the machine
In is not recognized.
"The SD card in this machine
It can not be used. Called "
Message is displayed.
and insert the SD card that the unit does not support
It was input.
where you will find sure the SD card that is supported by this unit
Please sure.
( P137)
Using a dedicated format software,

Please be formatted.
When the format, and came to SD card
All recorded data will be erased.
I will be sure to perform a backup of the data
Please.
Format software, SD association
Of tion, the input from the following website
You can hand.
URL: https: //www.sdcard.org/jp/
"SD card is inserted correctly
It is our ensure that it is
Please the eye. Message that "
Sage is displayed.
SD card has not been fully inserted
No.
You should be in the SD card is fully inserted
There.
"out of the SD Card"
(P28)
Failure kana? If you think
Page 212

212
CRA4803-A <212>
ETC
Symptom
Cause
Treatment
That "it is inserted failure of the ETC card."
Message is displayed.
Insert failure of the ETC card.
Stop the vehicle at the toll booth
Place but that is guided (display)
There is a case.
To check the insertion state of ETC card
Up, please insert again.
Still error No. and message
If the message is displayed for purchasing
The consultation Kedah dealer of up have
Sai.
Not read out "of the ETC card data

No Could. Message is an indication that "


It is.
[When ETC card insertion]
The inserted ETC card
Read out soil data
No.
Please insert again. So
Error No. and messages
The purchase, if that someone is displayed
Please consult your dealer.
"Inserted card is in the ETC card
I could not be sure. The Make a card
Please insert again and sure. Called "
Message is displayed.
The inserted card
Sure whether the ETC card
It can not be identified.
That it is the correct ETC card
Please check, it's going to insert it again
Sai. Still, error No. Hoyo
If the fine message is displayed
ETC card issuer (credit
Tokado companies, etc.), or your
The consultation Kedah to dealer
Sai.
You could not be written to "ETC card
It was. Message that ".
To ETC board equipment failure
There.
The rather consult with your dealer
Please.
"The .ETC an abnormality has occurred in the ETC
Not available. Message. "
There is displayed.
Between the ETC board equipment and toll
In data processing in
An error has occurred.
Attendant instructions toll Nishitagatteku
Please. At a later date, the sale of purchase
Please consult the store.
Failure kana? If you think

Page 213

213
CRA4803-A <213>
With
Recording
For reset
About body reset
When the following circumstances, it will continue to reset the machine
Please.
When correctly it does not work
When the screen is not displayed correctly
Memo
Even after the body reset, it has been registered in this machine
That content and settings do not disappear.

One
(Audio) and (menu)
Press at the same time for more than 2 seconds

This unit it will restart.


About sensor reset
The following cases, reset the sensor learning
Please were collected by.
Place where you change the mounting position and angle of the body
If you instead put to the case or another vehicle
If the error in the positioning becomes large
please go to [All Reset].
After replacing the tires, even after a while
If the distance error is not corrected
please go the distance learning reset].
Memo
If you reset the sensor learning, eco-driving Review
Price
( P185)
It will also be reset once the information.


One
Press (menu), information System information
- sensor learning
Situation
It will touch on
Two
Sensor learning it will touch on
Three
All reset or distance learning
Reset it touches the
Four
Yes I want to touch on

The sensor will be reset.


Sensor learning and the
3D hybrid sensor of this machine, traveling
By detecting the situation (distance / azimuth / inclination (3D)),
We are learning the results. Therefore,
Positioning accuracy is increased each time the overlay travel
You.
a result of the sensor has learned is, is built into the machine
It is accumulated in the sensor memory is.
Page 214

214
CRA4803-A <214>
VICS information pay broadcasting service contract agreement
Chapter 1 General Provisions
(Application of the clause)
Article 1
General Foundation road traffic information communication system cell
Centers (below I referred to as "the Centre".)
The Broadcast Law (1950 Law No. 132) No.
In accordance with the provisions of Article 147, this VICS information Yes
Fee Broadcasting Service Agreement (hereinafter referred to as "this Agreement"
I called. Has established), thereby VICS information
It provides boric pay broadcasting service.
(Change of Terms and Conditions)
Article 2

The Center, subject to change this agreement


Ri you. In this case, the supply condition of the service
Is, VICS information pay-TV service contracts after the change
We are more in agreement about.
(Definition of terms)
Article 3
In this Agreement, each of the following terms next
It uses in the sense of.
(1) VICS Service
This center has a subscriber in using the car
In the eyes, and it is transmitted from the FM multiplex broadcasting stations, and
road
Pay-TV services of traffic information
(2) VICS service contract
Receiving the provision of VICS services from the Center
kicking contract for
(3) subscriber
Concluded to our center and VICS service contract
Person
(4) VICS descrambler
Scrambled from FM multiplex broadcasting stations (the agitating
Ran) is a radio decrypts the viewing of a broadcast program
Equipment for enabling
Kind of Chapter 2 services, etc.
(Type of VICS service)
The Article 4 VICS service, has the following types.
(1) character display type service
Of the form that displays the road traffic information by the character
Service
(2) Simple graphical display type service
Form to display road traffic information with a simple graphic
State of service
(3) map superimposed type service
The information on a digital road map with the vehicle-mounted device
Service of form to be superimposed display
(Provision time of VICS service)
Article 5
The Center, in principle roughly a week as 120
It provides a time or more of VICS service.
Chapter 3 contract
(Unit of the contract)

Article 6 The Center, one VICS descrambler


We signed a VICS service contract of 1 per.
(Providing the area of services)
Providing areas of Article 7 VICS service, of the Center
In the area of coverage areas (all prefectures of radio waves
Generally it is possible to receive the NHK-FM broadcasting
It will be within the range). However, the service Hisage
Even in the test zone, and VICS by the situation of radio waves
If it is not possible to use the services there
Ri you.
(Establishment of the contract, etc.)
Article 8 VICS service, VICS correspondence FM receiver
(FM that VICS descrambler is incorporated
By you purchased the receiver), the contract of the application
it assumes that the only and consent has been made, subsequent addition
This subscriber is to be provided for continuously Service
It shall be able to bets.
(Change of type of VICS service)
Article 9 subscribers, corresponding to the type of VICS service
By purchasing the VICS correspondence FM receiver,
Changing the type of VICS service indicated in Article 4
You can perform.
(Transfer or succession of position on the contract)
Article 10 subscribers, rights as a subscriber to third parties
It is possible to carry out a transfer or succession of the status of the reYou.
(Cancellation of the contract which the subscriber does)
Article 11 The Center, in the case of the next subscriber VICS
It assumes that has released a service contract.
(1) subscribers in the future the use of VICS descrambler
When you stop over
(2) use of VICS descrambler owned by the subscriber
When the use has become impossible
(Release of the Center carries out contract)
Article 12 1 The center, provision subscribers of Article 16
When performing acts contrary to, the VICS
You may want to cancel the service contract.
In addition, in accordance with the provisions of Article 17, the present broadcasting
In a case where change of the transmission mode is performed,
VICS service contract, and those that have been released
It is considered.

Pursuant to the provisions of 2 Article 11 or Article 12,


If the VICS service contract has been canceled
Even, The Center, VICS service
We do not do the viewing fee of the refund.
Page 215

215
CRA4803-A <215>
With
Recording
Chapter 4 Rates
(Payment obligations of the fee)
Article 13 subscribers, VICS service that the Center is to provide
As the bis-fee of, at the time of subscription to each contract unit
It will take the payment of the flat fee prescribed in Schedule.
In addition, rates, when the subscriber to purchase a receiver
And we have to bear in.
Chapter 5 Maintenance
(Maintenance responsibility of the Center)
Article 14 The Center, VICS that the Center is to provide
To better retain the viewing quality of service,
We will strive to appropriate maintenance. However, subscriber
For viewing quality due to the deterioration of equipment
It is not limited to this.
(Discontinuation of use)
Article 15 1 The Center, maintenance or on a factory of broadcasting equipment
When things on the unavoidable, the VICS service
You may want to stop using.
2 The Center, VICS pursuant to the provisions of the preceding paragraph
If you decide not to use the service, rough
Advance notice island subscriber that the
Vinegar. However, if urgent and unavoidable,
It is not limited to this.
Chapter 6 Miscellaneous Provisions
(Obligations of the subscriber according to the use)
Article 16 subscribers, VICS service that the Center is to provide
It is able to re-transmit or redistribute the broadcast bis
I do not care.
(Disclaimer)
Article 1 The Center No. 17, natural disaster, incident, such as weather
Broadcast pause by viewing failure, other equivalent Sen

On grounds that can not be attributed to the responsibility of ter


There is no impossible viewing of more VICS service
Negative any responsibility in case it is difficult to
No. In addition, the user, the road shape
Etc. When you change, places where there is a reasonable situation
The case, VICS service is displayed part
It is assumed that to acknowledge that there may not
You. However, in our center is the change
Also change after three years Oite, corresponding to the change
Even on the old digital road map that is not,
Properly displayed in the VICS service available limit
As it will be, to devote a reasonable effort
It is a thing.
2 VICS service, multi-radio wave of FM broadcasting
Since by weight are provided, the broadcasting
If the change of the transmission system or the like is performed,
by the receiver the subscriber has purchased the original
The or you can no longer use the VICS service
Vinegar. The Center, is unavoidable circumstances
If it finds that that there is a period of more than three years
With a, of VICS service "Notice"
The screen or the like, after the well-known to the subscriber and the
It is subject to change in the transmission method of broadcast
You.
Appendix viewing fee
Viewing fee: 300 yen (excluding tax)
However, it is included in the vehicle unit purchase price.
VICS information pay broadcasting service contract agreement
Page 216

216
CRA4803-A <216>
Other information
The database in search
About
And depending on the data that has become a base to look for location
Te point, to be displayed (position) the actual port
There are times when you are away with the points.
About town page data
Based on the position data of the NTT town page
It has established a, but the original data its

In some cases, what is wrong.


In addition, street address is a vast place and the original
We can not identify the appropriate facility from data
In places, it is a representative point of the specified district
It will be displayed.
The purpose of the location that does not appear in the correct position
When you set the route as the earth, and its
Away the last of the guide land from facilities
It may become.
For data related to natural objects
And not the search point representing the facility to play
And Tokoro itself, the natural objects such as mountains and rivers
Search data representing, that is representative
Point is displayed.
For phone number search of data
As a phone number search of data, Taunpe
Di data has been recorded.
About logo display
Point that will be displayed on the logo,
If there is different from the actual location
Ri you.
For consideration around search business hours
To ATM parking to consider the hours field,
Convenience stores, family restaurants, file
Sutofudo gasoline stations only,
Bi-weekly holiday, and support the holiday irregularly
No. In addition, some stores in response
There are times when it is not.
Hours data, not cross the day
Because it is sea urchin data acquisition, closed
There is also a case of too a 0:00 and a 0:00
And then it has been recorded.
24-hour is recorded in sales of 24 hours
It has been.


Notes on route
When the route search, automatically route / voice
Guidance will be set. Day of the week, with the time regulations
Te are those of the route searched time is reflected
You. For example, the time in the road of the "morning-way possible"
The lapse between, and running the site to "noon"
Exchange and such a result not pass the set route
There are times when it is contrary to the through regulation.
And in accordance with the always actual traffic signs when driving
Give me.
In addition, the support part in such as winter closed to traffic
There are also those without.

It searched route road type and traffic regulations


Etc. In view of control, this machine was determined purpose
This is an example of directions leading to the ground. Necessarily the most
It does not necessarily become applicable.
Route search is 100 m scale map of
It is intended the road that is displayed in.
Road to be displayed only in the city map
It does not become the object.
Honshu-Hokkaido, Honshu-Shikoku, Honshu Kyushu
Routes can also be set (Honshu - the North Sea
Place to ferry such as the road has been operated
The case, the route that uses the route is searched
Masu).
For ferry route and the route search
Because it is an auxiliary means, long-distance route pairs
It does not become the elephant.
For ferry route, all of the Fe
In any manner not Lee route has been recorded
Must not. In addition, the priority to the ferry route
You ferry route is always used when you
Only the no.
You can not pass due to winter road closures
When you explore the road, error message
There will be displayed.
It has been used in the configuration that has been the root

Depending on that inlet / outlet, getting on and off IC (in


Can not be ter change) specified operation
There is a case.

Page 217

217
CRA4803-A <217>
With
Recording
How to route search
Traveling direction and opposite route currently set
It may be constant.
The route guiding the opposite side of the river and station
It may become. When such
It is close to the road that you want to use the destination
Please try to move.
Congestion consideration route, toll road avoidance, Fe
In such as Lee route avoidance, other appropriate Lou
It is not be avoided if there is no To Kotogaa
Ri you.
place it recommended route is less than six
If, that what this one is the same root
There.
That you can not route search by location
There is a door. In such cases, the eye
"Large intersection near the target point and the departure point
Point go try to set a stop-off place in the vicinity. "
Please.
The "big intersection", narrow streets (100 m
Gray display narrow road on a scale
( "Ki
No. Mark List "(P235))
What road other than
This is the tooth of the intersection.

For road-painted route


Depending on the road shape, and from down the road painted
There are cases where the road appear to protrude
You.
Departure, destination, in the front and back of the stop-off place and Michinuri
You may or may not Risa. For this reason,
As root in the vicinity of the place stop-off is interrupted
It may appear.
About voice guidance
In the case of auto re-route, to the original route
The guide point to return will not be guided.
However, that point is guided by such turn right
If necessary, do the normal assistance.
The purpose of the interchange exit of the toll road
If you set as a place, a "fast exit", "fee
Gold "may not be the voice guidance.

For the intersection enlarged view


2D intersection enlarged view, intersection and its about
Above is a line connecting a point of 150 m before
it is as it appears. The road shape
Depending, such become heading up
It might have.
Intersection expansion in the guide point of the first guide point
Soybeans, it may not be displayed.
For pay rates in root candidate selection screen
In the toll road special fee structure, it is a positive
There fee might not be displayed.
If the route, including the fee non-compliant route,
The display will indicate "more than yen".
If the route can not be billing,
"
*****

It is displayed as a circle. "


For a general toll roads, and some routes
Not supported is doing.
Toll road and on the route from the lamp
And when you search, and purpose on the toll road
When you set the ground and leaving, pay road
Because it can not determine the interval that use the road, fee
Gold is not calculated correctly.
Or some actual and different rate is displayed,
You may want to or be guided. This
If you like, and according to the actual charges
Give me.
Pay rates are likely to be revised
Because, only your Kedah as a guide
Sai.

Other information
Page 218

218
CRA4803-A <218>
Notes on VICS information
About FM multiplex broadcasting
Using the FM multiplex broadcasting from the VICS Center
VICS information that you use is, NHK-FM of FM multiIt is provided by the radio waves of heavy broadcast.
Because the information is updated in a constant cycle, information
It takes time to broadcast gather.
Broadcast time may vary depending on the broadcasting station or
Vinegar. It was confirmed by such VICS Center information
Please be.
Contact the VICS Center
VICS of concept, planning, or FM multiplex broadcasting

Matters relating to the VICS information to be provided more


Can contact the (goods) VICS Center
Give me.
Telephone Hours: 9:30 to 17:45
(Saturdays, Sundays and public holidays, year
End New Year of Center holiday
I except)
Phone number: 0570-00-8831
(And from the whole country in the Navi
I in available at local call rate
Will)
FAX reception time: 24 hours
FAX number: 03-3562-1719 (nationwide)
In addition, the latest information and FM multiplex broadcasting stations of VICS
Homupe such as the frequency of the following information:
You can see in the letters.
URL: http: //www.vics.or.jp/

City map (detailed city map)


Recording area
This unit, detailed city map of the following cities Osamu
It has been recorded.
Maintenance area more than 95% (33 cities)
Saitama, Chiba, Chiyoda, Chuo, Minato-ku,
Shinjuku, Bunkyo-ku, Taito, Sumida, Koto-ku, Shinagawa,
Meguro-ku, Ota, Setagaya-ku, Shibuya-ku, Nakano, cedar
Average ku, Toshima, Kita Ward, Arakawa-ku, Itabashi Ward, Nerima Ward, foot
Stand Ward, Katsushika Ward, Edogawa Ward, Yokohama, Kawasaki, name old
Ya City, Muko City, Osaka, Sakai City, Higashi-Osaka, Kobe
Maintenance area more than 80% (three cities)
Komae City, Sagamihara, Fuchu-cho
Maintenance area more than 50% (10 cities)
Machida, Kumiyama, Moriguchi, Matsubara City, Takaishi, large
Osaka Sayama, Kitakyushu, Fukuoka, tighten the town, Mizumaki cho
Maintenance area less than 50% (108 cities)
Sapporo, Ebetsu, Kitahiroshima, Ishikari City, Sendai, name
Toshi, Tagajo, rifu, Tomiya-cho, Kawagoe, Kawaguchi
City, Kasukabe, Ageo, Soka, Koshigaya, Toda City,
Shiki, Wako, Niiza, Yashio, Fujimi, three

Township City, Hasuda, Ichikawa, Matsudo, Sakura City, Narashino


City, Ichihara, Yachiyo, Urayasu, Yotsukaido, Yachimata
City, Oamishirasato-machi, Hachioji, Musashino, Mitaka,
Chofu, Tama, Inagi, Nishitokyo, Yokosuka,
Kamakura, Fujisawa, Zushi, Atsugi, Yamato City, Zama
City, Aikawa, Kiyokawa Village, Niigata City, Uenohara, Shizuoka,
Hamamatsu, Kosai, Seto, Kasugai, Tokai, large
Prefecture City, Owariasahi, Toyoake, Nisshin City, Kiyosu City, Kita-mei
Furuya City, Nagakute, toyoyama, Ama, Aichi, Daiji Town, crab
E-machi, Tobishima village, Otsu, Kyoto, Uji City, Nagaokakyo
City, Hachiman city, Toyonaka, Suita, Yao City, Tondabayashi,
Kawachinagano, Daito City, Izumi City, Habikino, Kadoma,
Settsu City, Amagasaki, Akashi, Nishinomiya, Ashiya, Takarazuka
City, Miki City, Sanda, Inami-cho, Ikoma, Heguri-cho,
Okayama, hayashima, Hiroshima City, Hatsukaichi, Kaita-cho, slope
Town, Shimonoseki, middle City, Kasuga, onojo, Nakagawa
Town, Shingu-machi, Kasuya-cho, Ashiya-machi
Other information
Page 219

219
CRA4803-A <219>
With
Recording
From Hanshin Expressway Co., Ltd.
Contacting
Undeveloped District network to Hanshin Expressway
In order to interpolate between, it receives the transit ticket, one
Again in the transit ticket after it has passed through the road,
Take the Hanshin Expressway without paying the toll
Can there is a "transit zone". (Riding
ETC is available in the following section. ) In addition, the "power
Ri For details of the next section ", the following
Please visit.
No. 3 Kobe line (Kyobashi Maya doorway) 5 Pat Bay
Shore line (Sumiyoshihama doorway)
No. 4 Wangan (Ohama doorway) No. 15 Sakai-sen (Sakai
Doorway)
No. 3 Kobe line (Nakanoshima west exit) 1 No. loop line
(Dojima entrance)
No. 16 Osaka Port line (Namiyoke exit) 1 No. loop line

(Dojima entrance)
About recording database
For map data
It supports the Japan geodetic system.
And no to the copyright holders in any form
The reproduction of all or part of the map by the cross-sectional
It is, is strictly prohibited to take advantage.
In preparing this map, general goods
Dan Japan digital road map Association departure
Nationwide digital road map database of line
We've used vinegar. (Surveying Law Article 44
Achievements use approval is based on the 90-063) "
2013 general Foundation Japan digital road
Map Association "to use the issue in March 2013.
This map, with the approval of the Geographical director
Te, ministry of technical documentation H 1-No.3 "day
Correction amount of the island position in this geodetic system "
And those created utilizing. (Approval number
No. country land September 2010 No. 180
The 28th)

In preparing for this map, national land area


With the approval of the re-director, 5 thousand of the hospital issue
Minute I was using one of Land basic diagram. (Approval number
No. flat 23 boss, No. 43, -10 issue)
In preparing for this map, national land area
With the approval of the re-director, disaster of the hospital issue
We were using a reconstruction plan based on diagrams. (Approval number
Flat 24 boss, No. 199 -10 issue)
In preparing for this map, national land area
With the approval of the re-director, the foundation of the hospital issue
We were using the map information. (Approval number flat
24 boss, No. 780 No. 10)
In the context of database creation time, display
It may map being is different from the current situation
Please note.
About traffic regulation data
Traffic regulation data used in this product

It has its own survey results up to March 2013


And not use what you have created on the basis of the
You. This data is on-site traffic control and the differences
If cormorants, the traffic control signs and display of site
Please follow the like.
Traffic regulation data used in this product
The only thing that is applied to a common vehicle,
Regulations such as large vehicles and motorcycles are included
It does not. Forewarned Kedah
Sai.
For toll road fee data
Rates of toll road that you are using for this product
The data in the study up to June 2013
Light car at the time October 1, 2013
It is a thing of the medium-sized automotive and ordinary vehicles.
On January 1, 2012 by distance fee system of implementation
For it will be with the corresponding cash vehicle fee only.

Other information
Page 220

220
CRA4803-A <220>
About VICS service area
VICS area that is included in this product
Following prefectures will be subject to.
Hokkaido (Kitami) (Asahikawa) (Sapporo) (Kushiro) (box making
Cans), Aomori, Akita, Iwate, Yamagata Prefecture,
Miyagi, Fukushima, Tochigi, Gunma, Ibaraki Prefecture,
Chiba, Saitama, Tokyo, Kanagawa, Yamanashi
Prefecture, Niigata Prefecture, Nagano Prefecture, Shizuoka Prefecture, Aichi
Prefecture, three
Heavy Prefecture, Gifu Prefecture, Ishikawa, Fukui Prefecture, Toyama Prefecture,
Shiga Prefecture, Kyoto, Osaka, Hyogo, Okayama Prefecture,
Nara prefecture, Wakayama prefecture, Tottori, Shimane Prefecture, Hiroshima

Prefecture, Yamaguchi Prefecture, Tokushima, Kagawa, Ehime Prefecture, high


Kochi Prefecture, Fukuoka, Saga, Nagasaki, Kumamoto Prefecture,
Oita Prefecture, Miyazaki Prefecture, Kagoshima Prefecture, Okinawa Prefecture
Even VICS service area is enlarged,
Service that has been newly expanded with this product
Level in the area 3 (map display type) display
You can not.
For data of the broadcast station list
VICS, AM, FM, digital terrestrial TV
Broadcasting station name list during the investigation in May 2013
It is a thing of the point.
Other information sources
NTT town page Co., Ltd. (2013
Of March current town page data)
Foundation for Traffic Accident Research and Analysis Center
(The danger zone data by fiscal 1999 statistics)
Ltd. IMJ (October 2012
The current parking data)
Memo
In the recorded database typographical errors, omissions, and the positional deviation,
etc.
As there is an error on the on or content notation
Also our company does not guarantee.

Other information
Page 221

221
CRA4803-A <221>
With
Recording
For after-sales service
Warranty
1. Warranty

Toyota dealer, or to Toyota vehicles Toyota specified service factory and your
attachment to Toyota Jun
Materials positively goods, or if the manufacturing defects occur, in accordance with
terms and conditions shown below
This will be a free repair.
(Below, called the warranty repair this free of charge repair.)
Warranty repair is done by the exchange or repair of parts. Also, remove the bug parts
DOO
It will become the property of Toyota.
2. Period of guarantee, How to Get
warranty period
Period to obtain warranty repair, the date of your mounting products to Toyota
vehicles from your start date
Suppose you have it counted three or annual Te. However, mileage even within that
period is up to 60 000km
To you.
of warranty repair to Get
Toyota dealer when it comes to accept a warranty repair, or to Toyota specified
service factory own
I have in the state attached to the motion vehicles, please tell us the warranty repair.
3. Guaranteed matters not
Even within the warranty period, the problems caused by the following does not
guarantee repair.
mounting of Toyota's dealers, or other than Toyota specified service factory, repair
and Toyota
such as remodeling other is not allowed.
handling practices and different use and improper storage, and the like, and
earthquake shown in handling documents, typhoon, water
Natural disasters and accidents, fires, such as harm.
Cost of the following things is not our burden.
such as consumable parts and oils and fats. (Fuse, and various light bulb.)
And such inconvenience and loss caused by the fact that it was not able to use
commodity.
4. The application of the guarantee
It will apply only if it is used in Japan.
5. Other
Reseller for purchasing If you are unsure about repairs after the warranty period,
please contact
Please.
Minimum holding period of repair performance parts

The (parts required for functional maintenance) for repair performance parts of the
product, after production discontinuation least 6 years
It owns.
For such as after-sales service, when it is not in you can see is,
Please contact your dealer.
Page 222

222
CRA4803-A <222>
Specification
common unit
Use voltage ................................................ ..13.2 V DC
(10.5 V ~ 16.0 V available)
Maximum current consumption ............................................... ...... 15 A
Operating temperature range ............................ -20 ~ + 65
navigation body (GPS unit)
Receiving scheme ......................... multi-channel receiving system
monitor part
Screen size .................................. 7.0-inch wide VGA
The number of pixels ........................................... 1 152 000 pixels
Horizontal 800 X vertical 480 X 3 (RGB)]
Method ........................ TFT active matrix system
audio part
Maximum output ................................................ ..... 40 W x 4
Load impedance .................................... 4 x 4
Equalizer
(5-band graphic equalizer)
Frequency ............. 100 Hz, 315 Hz, 1.25 kHz,
3.15 kHz, 8 kHz
Adjust width ............................ 12 dB (2 dB / step)
CD player mechanism part
Corresponding disk. .... CD-ROM, CD-DA, CD-R / RW
Decoding format
MP3. .................. MPEG-1,2 AUDIO LAYER-3
WMA. ............................ Windows Media Audio
ver.7,8,9 (2ch audio)
FM tuner section
Reception frequency band .............. 76.0 MHz ~ 90.0 MHz
Voice ................................................. .............. stereo
AM tuner section

Reception frequency band ............... 522 kHz ~1 629 kHz


Voice ................................................. .............. monaural
TV tuner section
Broadcasting system ................... terrestrial digital broadcasting system (Japan)
Receiving channel ................ 470 MHz ~ 770 MHz
(UHF13ch ~ 62ch)
AUX part
Audio input level .............................................. 1 Vp-p
SD card section
The maximum memory capacity .......................................... 32 GB
File system .......................... FAT16 / FAT32
Decoding format
MP3 ........... MPEG-1,2,2.5 AUDIO LAYER-3
WMA (ASF) ............... Windows Media Audio
ver.7,8,9 (2ch audio)
AAC ..................... iTunes ver. 7.6 (AAC-LC)
WAV ................................................. ............ LPCM
Bluetooth part
Bluetooth version ........ Bluetooth2.1 + EDR
Dimensions
Body ..................... 206 mm (W) X 104 mm (H)
X 176 mm (D)
mass
Body ................................................. ................. 2.4 kg
accessories
Mounting Kit ................................................ ............ 1 set
Navigation & audio book ..................... 1
Page 223

223
CRA4803-A <223>
With
Recording
Trademark, copyright, etc.
This product, based on the Telecommunications Business Law and the Radio Law
We're getting a design certification that brute.
D11-0044001
007WWDUL0613
Microsoft, Windows, Windows Vista, your
And Internet Explorer, the United States Microsoft

Of the Corporation, the United States, Japan and other


They are registered trademarks or trademarks in the country.
This product, the US Microsoft Corporation
We are using the technology to ownership. In addition, the United States
Used without permission of Microsoft Licensing Inc.
Use or can not be distributed.
The MP3 is an abbreviation of "MPEG Audio Layer 3",
This is the standard format for audio compression technology.
If you want to provide the machine, personal non-commercial purposes
Only license will be provided. Following broadcast *
In, we can provide a license to use this machine, squid
Whether it is format intended to mean the right use
It is not. Use this machine in the following broadcast *
If, each requires a unique license
Will. For more information, on the Internet Home
Page http://www.mp3licensing.com
Please visit.
*
Commercial purposes, that is real to the generation of profits
-Time broadcasting (terrestrial broadcasting, satellite broadcasting, cable TV
It is set to the beginning media), and using the Internet
Broadcasting and data transfer was, and O started the intranet
Network or Pay audio, Ya to
Electronic, such as audio on-demand system
Such as the broadcast program of the distribution system.
iTunes are registered in the US and other countries
It was a trademark of Apple Inc..
And "Made for iPhone", the iPhone only
It is designed to connect, sex Apple set
By developers and meets the performance criteria
It indicates that it is a certified Electronic Accessories
You. Apple, function and safety of this product
And negative the responsibility for compliance with the standard
No. Use this accessory with iPhone
By, it will affect the wireless performance
Please note that there is a possibility.
Generally Foundation road traffic
Information and Communication System Center
Of a trademark.
SDHC logo is a trademark of SD-3C, LLC.

Bluetooth
Word mark and logos,
is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc.,
Pioneer Corporation, to use these trademark
That we have received the permission. All other trade marks
And trade names are the property of their respective holders owned.
"ATOK" is a registered JustSystems Co., Ltd.
It is a trademark.
"Map code" and "MAPCODE", the stock
It is a registered trademark of expression company Denso.
This product NaviCon

This is the model that corresponds to.


"NaviCon

"Trademark also of Denso


It is a registered trademark.
smart nAVVi Link is, Aisin Dove
Ryu is a trademark of the Corporation.
"Google," "Android", "Google Play" is,
It is trademarks or registered trademarks of Google Inc..
Modification and replication of the browser that is included in this product,
Acts to be separated from the product, yes to go
Not only.
Entier (Entia), Ltd. Hitachi, Ltd.
The trademark in Japan and other countries of the work stations
It is.
1. final demand house, added only to a specific one device
It shall be able to duplicate the biasing soft copies.
2. final demand house, all of the bundled software copies
Or to third parties a part, it is a fee and free
Regardless TO THE amortization, transfer, licensing its
It is assumed that it must not be used in other ways
You.

3. final demand house, all of the bundled software copies


Or disassemble or reverse compile the part
Yl or it is assumed that it can not be modified
You.
4. final demand house, except in the case provided for in Paragraph 1,
Wipe all or part of the bundled software copies
and paper making, or I be combined with other programs
I shall not et al.
5. final demand house yellowtail snapper all of the bundled software copies
Clause combined with alone or in combination with other products some
Not, either directly or indirectly to each of the following items:
If you are the appropriate handling, final demand house,
Regulation of the "Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Law" and the United States
The Make the export-related laws and regulations of foreign countries such as the
Export Administration Regulations
On the certification, it is assumed to take the necessary procedures.
(1) When the export.
(2) When you bring up abroad.
(3) provide to non-residents, or when it is to be used.
(4) In addition to the provisions of the preceding No. 3, "foreign exchange and outside
Constant in country Trade Law "or foreign export laws and regulations
When there is the eye.

Page 224

224
CRA4803-A <224>
Note 1: all described in the "final customers license the terms of the above-mentioned
For details on the contents of the tree matters ", Article 5 second
In this Appendix, in the case of 3 and fourth terms as "Attachment
With soft copy of "the phrase is" this matter equipment
To use Embedded for runtime ", and Article 6 second
In this Annex in the case of the term is "bundled software replication

Things "the phrase is" binding accompanying software "


You shall be deemed to be replaced respectively.
Note 2: Article 6 Paragraph 1, Item 3 or same Article 2 Section
The bundled software improved version based on the provisions of No. 2
Follow the final customers license terms according to the present Exhibit
If stomach instep to create, in this Exhibit "attached Seo
Shift copies of "the phrase is" bundled software breaks
It shall be deemed to be replaced with good version ".
Here, the software that is used in this product
We have been described for the use license of the (license)
You. To hold the exact content, textual (English)
I will not describe.
bsdiff
Copyright 2003-2005 Colin Percival
All rights reserved
Redistribution and use in source and binary
forms, with or without modification, are permitted
providing that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code MUST RETAIN the
above copyright notice, this list of conditions and
the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form MUST
reproduce the above copyright notice, this list
of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and / or other materials provided
with the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE
AUTHOR "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT
NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING,
BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS
OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND
ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER

IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT


(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

libjpeg
This software is based in part on the work of
the Independent JPEG Group
FreeType
Portions of the software in this product are
copyright 1996 - 2009 The FreeType Project
(Www.freetype.org). All rights reserved.
Licensed under the FreeType Project LICENSE,
2006-Jan-27. (Http://www.freetype.org/FTL.TXT)
Recording data and programs in this product
Copyright, the copyright for our company and our
We have been attributed to a third party that was licensed for the right based
You. Customers, the child in any format
All or of these data and programs
Copy a part, modified, it can be such as analysis
To do.
We, the map data that has been recorded in this product such as
It is complete, accurate, and this product Contact
It also ensures that the matching of customers to a particular purpose
There is no than.
This machine is in Japan only. GPS positioning range
It does not offer used in different foreign countries.
The appearance and specifications of the product, the pre for improvement
You may want to change WARNING without. Moreover, the preparative
There is that instruction manual of content and real is different
You. Modification of the product in that case, or
The other is not possible to respond to the request of your replacement.
Other, proper nouns, such as product names are trademarks of their respective owners
Or is a registered trademark.

Trademark, copyright, etc.


Page 225

225
CRA4803-A <225>
With
Recording
Index
Menu Index
Information Menu
(Menu)

Information

Congestion information P92, 93


Data version display P100
Maintenance P96
System Information P98, 99
ETC P94
Destination menu
(Menu)

Destination

Name P55
Address P56
Genre P57
Surrounding facilities P57
Telephone number P59
Registration area P59
Search history P60
Home P54
Map code P60
Setting and editing menu
(Menu)

Setting and editing

Navigation

Navigation data Edit registered location Edit P83


Search history erase P87
Learning route erase P87
Traveling locus erase P88
Navigation function setting P101
Volume setting P111
System Settings Security Settings P116
Information / Phone Speaker setting P111
Slide frame display setting P119
Back guide monitor settings P170, 171
Setting initialization P119
Vehicle information setting P113
Vehicle position correction P115
Audio

Audio Settings P145


TV setting P132
Movie screen clock display P123
Telephone and communications

Bluetooth Settings P106


Volume setting P111
Mobile phone data Edit P182
QUICK SETUP P15
Page 226

226
CRA4803-A <226>
Mobile phone menu
(Menu)

Cellular phone

Dial P180
Memory dial P182
Call History P180
Redial P181
Bluetooth Settings P106

Edit and erase P182


Eco Manager menu
(Menu)

Eco Manager

Eco prize P186


Fuel consumption setting P186
Eco-driving evaluation history P185
Root Edit menu
(Menu)

Route editing

Root erase P79


Route profile P78
Details Routing P78
Stop-off place Feed P79
Demonstration run P79
Index
Page 227

227
CRA4803-A <227>
With
Recording
Concordance
Syllabary order
Oh
Feed Na was revealed
26
Brightness
Twenty five
After-sales service
221
Arrow Guide
71
Information volume
111
Information areas
71

Equalizer
146
Correction
147
Eject (disk)
27
Pause
133, 1 35, 137, 140
General road simple guide
104
Illustrations information (facility)
52
Irumine Sho down
Hundred
Tint
Twenty five
Color temperature
Twenty five
Color strength
Twenty five
Indicator
26
Indicator (security)
118
Interchange (IC)
50 , 64, 67
Intelligent reroute
76
Consideration Hours
58, 216
Video screen clock display
One two three
Eco-driving evaluation
185
Echo (reverberation)
178
Eco prize
186
Eco Manager menu
37, 185
Area preset

1 25, 129
Make the audio operation
195
Upper / lower case
31
AUDIO SETUP
145
Auto (VICS broadcast station selection)
93
Auto highway map
102
Auto highway mode
49
Auto broadcasting station search
132
Auto re-route
76
It sends sound
26
Music CD
133
Audio compression method
201
Audio assist
73, 157
Voice switching
131
Volume
16, 1 11, 170, 189
Or
Tachometer
98
External device
144
Learning route erase
87
Learning route search
69, 103
Angle adjustment
Twenty four
Image quality adjustment

Twenty five
Screen switching
(Navigation AV source scan )
Twenty three
Symbol
34
Regulatory display
105
Locus display
39
Function settings
101
Congestion information
105
Map display
102
Route guidance
103
Keyboard system (character input)
Thirty
Line feed
26
Distance
98
Search by Keyword
56
The received Nitsu of emergency warning broadcasting (EWS) have 123
Automatic display of emergency information
91
Depth of black
Twenty five
Inclinometer
98
Cellular phone
Receive
178
Play
179
Switching
108
Mobile phone information

182
Edit a mobile phone information
182
Mobile telephone system (character input)
Thirty
Mobile phone menu
37
Mobile phone brought forget guidance
110
Mobile phone brought to forget to set the guidance Teisu Ru 110
Use a mobile phone
178
You are here screen
21, 39
Display of current location information
102
Border guidance
48, 104
Search history
87
Look for from the search history
Sixty
Wide area
41
Sound effect
84
Intersection guidance display
71, 103
High precision 3D hybrid system -time
204
Traffic regulation information
89
Index
Page 228

228
CRA4803-A <228>
Traffic Fault information
89
Transportation information
89, 127

Candidate display screen


47
Go to here
63
I register here
81
Error
205
Contrast (light and dark)
Twenty five
Narrow street guidance
48, 73, 104
Playback
133, 135, 137, 140
Re-search (root)
78
Side map
46
Service area (SA)
50, 52
Service switching
130
Coordinate
46
Sampling frequency
202
Time regulations
69
Seek (VICS broadcast station selection)
93
City name
56
Vehicle position correction
115
Facility information
50, 51
Home
Return
54
Sign up
16, 54

City map
42, 102, 218
City map boundary display
102
Automatic registration (broadcaster)
1 26, 131
Subtitle switching
131
Vehicle speed pulse
98, 99
Vehicle information
17, 113
Vehicle Maintenance
96
Search by Category
57
Cross-hair cursor
38, 41
Look for in Address
56
Congestion auto guide
77, 91
Congestion and regulatory information
77, 91
Congestion consideration route search
69, 103
Congestion information
89 , 92, 93
Congestion information display
105
Congestion information display (highway Lee mode)
52
Congestion information display object road
105
Congestion check
77, 91
Look for the surrounding facilities
57
Parallel parking
1 57, 166
Recording database

219
Main voice
131
Reception status
93
Departure specified
68
Steady display
105
Specification
222
Mute timing
148
Mute level
148
Erasure
Learning route
87
Search history
87
Vehicular swept path
88
Registered location
84
Root
79, 80
Getting on and off IC specified
67
Details (scale of the map)
41
Detailed city map Shitima -up
42, 218
Details Routing
66
Information screen
47
Information Menu
35
The expendables
96
Initialization

119
Shortcut menu
38
Serial number
98
Autonomous navigation
204
Satellite
204
Traffic light
49
Signal Just Us
104
Direction guiding
73
Vibration gyro sensor
204
Simple guide
74
Sky View
42
Scan
19, 126
Scan automatic registration
131
Scroll confirmation screen
65
Scroll screen
41
Graphic information (VICS information)
92
Scale
41
Steering switch
Twenty one
Stereo broadcasting
1 24, 129
Use a smartphone cooperation function
193
Smart IC
Fifty

Smart IC consideration route search


69, 103
Slide operation
Twenty two
View the slide frame
119
Shift (vehicle position)
115
Security Features
116
Security Settings
16, 116
Connection Status
99
Setting initialization
119
Setting and editing menu
36
Index
Page 229

229
CRA4803-A <229>
With
Recording
Safety Information
48
Before and after G
98
Sensor learning
98, 213
Center information (VICS Center )
92
Traveling locus auto-erase
102
Traveling locus erase
88
Traveling locus display
102
Beep
1 11, 189

Operation touch key


128
Source level adjuster
147
It was
Dial Q2
59
Dial
180
Town page
216
Stop-off place
66
Postponement
79
Delete
67
Add to
66
Sorting
67
Touch key
Twenty two
Touch panel
Twenty two
Touch panel calibration down
196
The feed tab
26
Search conditions
64, 78
Speed dial
59
Check mark
26
Checklist
26
Map color switching
102
Look at the map
55

Or to a telephone number that has been registered in the map kicking 181
Channel scan
19, 131
Parking information
89
Parking mark display
105
Parking limited (models)
113
Parking limited (vehicle size)
114
Roadblock consideration auto re-route
76
During a call menu
181
Operation of a call in the menu
181
Data version
Hundred
Demonstration run
79
Power-supply voltage
Hundred
Radio launch
110
I ON / OFF the radio launch
110
Look for the phone number
59
Or a phone call by entering the phone number kicking
180
You receive a phone call
178
Make a phone call
179
Dial
180
Phone number that has been registered in the map
181
Memory dialing
180

Redial
181
Expected time of arrival
70
Estimated arrival time rate (general road)
103
Estimated arrival time speed (surcharge road)
103
Sign up
Home
16, 54
Scale
44
Location
81
Registered location
Erasure
84
Edit
83
Name display (private mapping) 84
Registration land transition
85
Look for from the registration area
59
Road traffic information communication system V IC S
89
Display clock (video screen)
One two three
Urban expressway
72
State Name
56
Track
133
Tripmeter
98
I
Navigation screen (map screen )
Twenty three
Navi standby

Twenty four
Navi menu
35
Input keyboard
189
Fuel consumption
17
Fuel consumption set
186
Normal view
42
The
Heart full voice
104
Highway mode
42, 46, 50
Parking area (PA)
50, 52
Parking brake
Hundred
Location
Look for
55
Sign up
81
Passkey
109
You want to change the passkey
109
Password
85, 117
Personalized
18, 187
Back guide monitor
149
Back signal
Hundred
Index
Page 230

230

CRA4803-A <230>
Back monitor
173
Transmission
180, 181
Caller identification service
179
Call History
180
A phone call from the call history I bet
180
Program content
131
Program guide
130
Hands-free calling
1 07, 178
Make a hands-free phone call
178
Band
125
Fine adjustment (scroll)
Forty
Bit rate
202
Display method
41, 190
Factory curve
146
Fader / Balance
145
Ferry route use conditions
103
Folder
13 6, 138, 201
Sub-audio
131
Physical channel
129
Railroad crossing guidance
48, 104

Private mapping
84
Preset
Area preset
1 25, 129
User presets
1 25, 129
Preset channel
124, 129
Branch (toll road)
72
Information of the branch destination
51
Branch facility
50, 51
Parallel parking
1 52, 155
The feed page
26
Another road switching
115
Edit
Registered location
83
Root
78
Orientation
98
Broadcasting stations (VICS information)
93
Broadcasting stations (radio)
124
Other routes
65
Portable audio player over
144
Button
20, 23
Or
Map code
Sixty

Map matching
205
Manual preset
125, 130
Multi-session
201
Way, estimated arrival time display
103
Orientation (the map)
42
Look for the name
55
Memory dial
180, 182, 183
Memory dial transfer
107
It wants to erase the memory dial
183
Memory dial a call out beauty
Make a phone call
180
Read the memory dial
182
Destination
55
Destination menu
36
Character expansion
189
Character information (VICS information)
92
Character input
30, 31
Upper / lower case
31
Symbol
34
Delete
32
Type
Thirty

Space
32
Em
31
Insert
32
Voiced and semi-voiced sound-sensitive
31
Half size
31
Conversion
33
No conversion
33
Enlarged display of character
44
Ya
Expiration notification
53
Induction icon
191
Toll road attention point-border guidance
48, 104
Toll road
49
Toll road use conditions
103
Toll classification
113
User icon
188
User switching
191
User setting
188
User presets
1 25, 129
Et al.
Light lighting guidance
48, 104
Loudness

146
Radio
124
Random play
134 , 136, 139, 142
Lamp
Fifty
List (VICS broadcast station selection)
93
List screen
25, 47
Reset (sensor learning)
98, 213
Redial
181
Make a phone call in the redial
181
Index
Page 231

231
CRA4803-A <231>
With
Recording
Grade separation
71
Repeat Play
134, 136, 138, 142
Refresh guidance
48, 104
Fee Station
50, 53
Tollgate ( inlet and outlet)
72
Fee indicator
51
Travel time information
89
History information
184
Erase the history information

184
Route guidance
70
Route guidance start screen
64
Route Information
70, 77
The re-search the route
78
Route re-search Otoriru To
76
Root erase
79, 80
Route search
63
Learning route search
69
Home
54
Congestion consideration route search
69
Smart IC consideration route search
69
Root search criteria
103
Route map
63, 66
Root notes
216
Root profile
63, 65
Level 1: Character
89
Level 2: Simple graphic
89
Level 3: Map
89
Logo
44, 58
Seg
19, 128

Number AZ
Number
2D (normal view) fixed scroll 102
2D mark
84
Bilingual broadcasting
131
2-dimensional positioning
204
3D hybrid sensor
12, 204
3D hybrid mode
98
Three-dimensional positioning
204
50 sound tab
26
Traffic display 100m scale while
43
A
A2DP
140
AAC (Advanced Audio Coding)
203
ALL REPEAT
142
Apple Lossless
203
ATOK
Thirty
AUX
144
AVRCP
140
Interrupt to the AV screen
104
AV source icon
121
AV source screen (audio screen ) 2 3, 121
AV source plate
121

AV profile
140
B
Bluetooth Audio
140
Switch the Bluetooth equipment
108
Bluetooth Settings
17
Do Bluetooth settings
106
Bluetooth profiles
106
C
CD
1 33, 200
CD-EXTRA
200
CD-R / RW
135
Copy Control CD
200
D
DDCD
200
DISC REPEAT
134, 136
DRM (digital rights management)
135
E
ETC card expiration date
Hundred
Index
Page 232

232
CRA4803-A <232>
ETC card expiration notification
53
ETC information
94

ETC mounted state


Sixteen
ETC unit (ETC-board unit)
Hundred
ETC lane guide
53, 104
e start guidance
48, 104
F
FILE REPEAT
138
FLAT
146
FM-VICS
89
FM multiplex broadcasting
93, 218
FOLDER REPEAT
1 36, 138
G
GPS
204
GPS antenna
99
GROUP REPEAT
142
I
ID3 Tag
202
ISO9660
201
iTunes
203
J
Joliet
201
M
m3u
201
MP3
135, 202

MP3i (MP3 interactive)


201
MP3 PRO
201
MPEG2
203
MPEG4
203
MPEG Audio Layer 3
202
N
NATURAL
146
Use NaviCon app
193
NON STOP SEEK
124
P
POWERFUL
146
Q
QUICK SETUP
Fifteen
R
Romeo
201
S
SDHC
137
SD card
28, 137, 198
SEEK
124, 129
smart nAVVi Link app I use
194
SUPER BASS
146
T
TRACK REPEAT
13 4, 136, 142
V

VBR
202
VICS (Vehicle Information &
Communication System)
89
VICS information provision time
Ninety
Display of VICS information
89, 90, 92
VICS Center
218
VICS mark
91
VOCAL
146
W
WAV
203
Windows Media Audio
201
Windows Media Audio 9 Lossless 202
Windows Media Audio 9 Pro fess ional 202
Windows Media Audio 9 VOIC e
202
Windows Media Player
201
WMA
1 35, 201
Index
Page 233

CRA4803-A <233>
233
Memo
Page 234

CRA4803-A <234>
234
Page 235

235

Symbol marks List


symbols and marks, there are times when it is not displayed by the view and scale.
might be different from the actual color.
Congestion
Congestion
Favorable
Regulation section
Inlet closing-way stop
Speed limit
Wrong way
Closed to traffic, closed
Large closures
Face-to-face way
One side alternating traffic
Crawl
Lane regulation
Chain regulation
Freeze
Disabled car
Construction
Work
Accident
Obstacle-road failure
Entrance limit
Inlet closing
Parking (empty)
Parking (congestion)
Parking (full car)
Parking (closure)
Parking (Unknown)
Weather
Event
Disaster
Fire
Cause / events None
General way: white frame
Toll road: blue frame
Parking guidance point
Other guidance point of
Destination
Stop-off place

Point of departure
Information areas
Guidance in the root (surcharge road)
Guidance in the root (general road)
Guidance in the root (narrow streets)
Fast and pay road
National highway
Major local roads
Prefectural road
General road
Narrow streets
Railway
State border
National highway number
Prefectural road number
Toll road road number
One Way
Sea, rivers and lakes
Such as parks, green spaces, lawn
Facility site
Facility
Station building
Interchange / lamp name
Intersection name
Lamp entrance
Lamp exit
Traffic light
Designated point
Mountain
Park
Factory
Tunnel entrance
Mansion
Service area
Parking area
Interchange
Tollgate Smart IC gate
Parking Garage
Tennis court
Museums
Zoo

Botanical garden
Aquarium
Hall theater
Shrine
Temple
Church
Castle
Pasture
Racecourse
Department store
DIY shop
Hotels
Roadside station
Airport
Heliport
Ferry landing
Tourism pier
Tower
Lighthouse
Cemetery
Public facility
Police station
Fire station
Hospital
Post office
NTT
High school
Primary school
Junior high school
University
College
Automobile-related facilities
Hot Springs
Amusement parks and other
Equestrian club
Campsite
Bowling alley
Sports Facilities
Golf course
Other sports
Baseball field Stadium

Gymnasium
Ski resort
Bathing beach
Yacht harbor
Motor sports
Search and root-related
Map-related
Congestion information related
CRA4803-A <235>
Page 236

NSCP-W
<NVF-0028ZT>
<KFWZ13L> <CRA4803-A>
Distribution source
Navigation
&
Audio book
Navigation mounting record book
Mounting store name and mounting shop name
Mounting Date
Mounting when traveling kilometers
Remarks
(Such as repair note and guarantee inheritance information)
CRA4803-A <236>